三藏之路 Tipitaka Path
巴利三藏 · 巴利语翻译标准中译
首页随附律藏随附律藏其他随附巴吉帝亚解释

Pācittiyavaṇṇanā · 巴吉帝亚解释

351 段 · CSCD 巴利原典
Pācittiyavaṇṇanā巴吉帝亚释
5. Pācittiyakaṇḍo5. 巴吉帝亚篇
1. Musāvādavaggo
一、妄语品
1. Musāvādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā1. 妄语学处释
§1
1.Vādakkhittoti ettha avisesena vādajappavitaṇḍasaṅkhāto tividhopi kathāmaggo ‘‘vādo’’ icceva vuttoti veditabbo. Tesu ‘‘titthiyehi saddhi’’nti vacanato ṭhapetvā vādaṃ ‘‘sesā’’ti vadanti. Chalajātiniggahaṭṭhānakusalatāya kadāci katthaci avajānitvā paṭijānāti, tathā pubbe kiñci vacanaṃ paṭijānitvā pacchā avajānāti. Evaṃ vā aññathā vā aññenaññaṃ paṭicarati. Evaṃ pavatto sampajānamusā bhāsaṃ paṭissuṇitvā asaccāyanto saṅketaṃ katvā visaṃvādento evaṃ so vādakkhitto samāno pācittiyavatthuñca paripūrento vicaratīti evamadhippāyo veditabbo. Attano vādeti ettha ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti (dha. pa. 279; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 7; netti. 5; mahāni. 27) paṭhamamāraddhe attano vāde. ‘‘Yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.15) no samayo. ‘‘Sabbe dhammā’’ti vutte nibbānampi saṅgahaṃ gacchati. ‘‘Nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukha’’nti (dha. pa. 203-204; ma. ni. 2.215) vuttattā pana taṃ na dukkhaṃ. No ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Ayaṃ paravādī ‘‘yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti suttaṃ dassetvā siddhantaṃ sambhametvā ‘‘virodhi viruddho’’ti vuttaṃ dosaṃ āropessatīti tasmiṃ paṭhamavāde kañci dosaṃ sallakkhento āropite vā dose anāropite vā ‘‘nāyaṃ mama vādo’’ti taṃ avajānitvā ‘‘nibbānantveva sassata’’nti, ‘‘anattā iti nicchayā’’ti ca suttaṃ disvā tassa paṭhamavādassa niddosataṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘mameva ayaṃ vādo’’ti tameva pacchā paṭijānāti. Evaṃ tattha yathāvuttamānisaṃsaṃ sallakkhento taṃ paṭijānitvā yadi anattā sabbe dhammā, dhammā eva na te bhavanti. Sabhāvaṃ dhārentīti hi ‘‘dhammā’’ti vuccanti.
一、所谓辩论,是指这里特指用辩论以言辞激起争端的三种对话方法,称为“辩论”,理当如此理解。其中“持不同见解议论相合”的说法被确立后,就称辩论为“残余”。由于世俗习气和智巧时有时无的态度,有时不知弃而承认,有时先承认某言辞,后又不知弃之。如此,各异相互对待。由此滋生出故作明察而虚妄言说,听闻谎言而加以否定,借此作出暗示,互相争执;如此辩论者,在完成悔过前仍继续从事违犯戒律之事,应当如此理解。一方立论时,譬如其言“诸法皆无我”,这是最初的立论。不是时间说“所苦即无我”。说道“诸法”时,连涅槃归结一体而说。虽然言“涅槃极乐”,但是并非苦的对境,不相等,此义并不存在。该方持反对意见者,示说“所苦者即无我”,确立其法说后,谓“相悖相违”,意欲加罪。对于首论者指责或不指责所加之罪,其论对方皆不知谬误,而主张“涅槃实为常住”,看到“无我是结论”的经文,不加罪,反以此为己论,事后承认由此。如此对同行人恰当的指斥,承认其理者,若无我则诸法不实在,所谓诸法,实为不生是也。
Ayañca atta-saddo sabhāvavācīti evaṃ āropite vā dose anāropite vā dosoti sallakkhetvā ‘‘nāyaṃ mama vādo’’ti tameva paṭhamavādaṃ pacchā avajānāti. Atha so paravādī sapakkhaṃ paṭisedhe paṭijānanattāpanayanaṃ . Paṭijānāti patyāssa iti vacanato ‘‘paṭiññā aññā so nāma te niggaho’’ti vutto. Sabhāvātirittaṃ atthaṃ paṭisedhādhippāyato sabhāvato atirittaṃ bālaparikappitamattānaṃ sandhāya ‘‘anattā sabbe dhammā’’ti me paṭiññātakathā, sā ca tadavatthāyevāti na me taṃ paṭiññātattāpanayanaṃ atthi, ‘‘nāyaṃ mama vādo’’ti avajānanaṃ pana sabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ attānaṃ sandhāya ‘‘anattā sabbe dhammā’’ti na vadāmīti adhippāyena katanti iminā aññena kāraṇena taṃ pubbe paṭiññātattāpanayanaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicchādeti. ‘‘Anattā sabbeva dhammā’’ti na vattabbaṃ ‘‘atta-saddassa sabhāvavācittā’’ti idaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicca tena pubbe paṭiññātattāpanayanaṃ kataṃ. Tamaññakāraṇaṃ pacchā dassitena aññena kāraṇena paṭicchādetīti adhippāyo.
同样,该我语“诸法皆无我”无论加罪或不加罪,都指责为妄语,主张“这不是我的论说”,随后否定了首论。继而反对方承认反对并提出反驳反指证。因承认“他者确有所断”,谓“断非实义”,于稍前誓言阶段否定实义,故言“诸法皆无我”是我所立说,并非因审查首论所立,其后为他因所掩盖者。故名“胜法”。以此理为由,前言誓言阶段被掩盖。缘此,不应说“诸法皆无我”是本性所言。依其因,方能稍前的誓言阶段被掩盖,此为结论。
Yasmā na kevalaṃ yathādassitanayena so atthameva avajānāti, paṭijānāti ca, kintu vacanampi, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 1) ‘‘jānitabbato’’ti paṭhamaṃ kāraṇaṃ vatvā paravādinā ‘‘yadi jānitabbato aniccaṃ, nibbānaṃ te aniccaṃ siyā’’ti vutte ‘‘na mayā ‘jānitabbato’ti kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘jātidhammato’ti mayā vuttaṃ, taṃ tayā badhiratāya aññena sallakkhitantiādīni vadatīti adhippāyo. ‘Jānitabbato’ti vatvā puna ‘jātidhammato’tiādīni vadatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Avajānitvā puna paṭijānanto taṃ avajānanaṃ iminā paṭicchādeti nāmā’’ti likhitaṃ.
因为不仅仅是依所见知的只见本义而知道、承认,而且还凭言语,因此注疏中说“应当知”是第一个理由,辩论者言“如果应知的无常,涅槃应是无常”,又言“我不是说‘应当知’的理由,是说‘生死法’的理由”,此语因其顽固而被他人指责等,故结论说“说应当知,复说生死法等”等;又言“不知弃而承认,是以此否定弃知”,记述云。
§2
2.Jānitvā jānantassa cāti jānitvā vā jānantassa vāti atthadvayaṃ dīpetīti.
二、已知者及知者二义详明。
§3
3. Apica micchāvācāpariyāpannāti catubbidhamicchāvācāpariyāpannā. Sīhaḷādināmabhedagatāti keci, tasmā evaṃ vadato vacanaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā cetanāti ubhayaṃ vuttanti mātikāyaṃ ubhinnaṃ saṅgahitattā. Vibhaṅge taṃ vacanaṃ yasmā vinā viññattiyā natthi, tasmā ‘‘vācasikā viññattī’’ti viññatti ca dassitā. ‘‘Evaṃ vadato vacana’’nti lokavohārena vatvā paramatthato dassento ‘‘taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā vā cetanāti vutta’’nti ca vadati. Oḷārikenevāti cetanāsamuṭṭhānavācānaṃ sukhumattā visayavaseneva katāti.
三、谓不善语之说明,指四种不善语说明。因为诸如锡兰语等存在差异,因此按此说法成文。所述激起言语即意志,即二义合并而成的纲要。因无否则无明觉,故称为“言语之觉”。又言“如此言说”谓世俗语言,说明终极义旨为“激起言语即意志”也说。犹如烈火,其意志激起之言语精微而主观,是为此义。
§9
9.Diṭṭhassahotīti diṭṭho assa, anena vā upacārajjhānavasena na mayā abyāvaṭo mato, ‘‘na mayā pavanto paṭo diṭṭho’’tiādiṃ bhaṇantassa ca paramatthasuññataṃ upādāya eva ‘‘itthiṃ na passāmi, na ca purisa’’nti bhaṇantassa ca na musāvādo.
“Diṭṭhassahotīti”的意思是“明见者即为明见者”,借此说法,或以上止禅的方式,我并无错误地认为“我未真正见到”之意;又如称“我没有净清见”者,实则执造无实义。“我既不见此女,也未见此男子”等语中,并无妄语成分。
§11
11.Āpattiṃ āpajjatiyevāti ettha ‘‘dubbhāsitāpattī’’ti vadanti. Kasmā? ‘‘Keḷiṃ kurumāno’’ti vuttattā. ‘‘Vācā girā…pe… vācasikā viññattī’’ti ujukaṃ sandhāya, kāyo na ujuko.
“Āpattiṃ āpajjatiyevāti”处意谓“确实招致了过失”,此处谓之“恶言之过失”,其因何故?即因有人玩耍嬉戏时所说之言语不当。这里说的“言语轻浮……声音粗俗”是指话语不端正,身心未正。
Musāvādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 妄语学处释毕。
2. Omasavādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā2. 诽谤语学处释
§13
13.‘‘Puna are patteti puna taṃ ṭhānaṃ parivaṭṭetvā āgate aññasmiṃ are’’ti likhitaṃ. Patiṭṭhitārappadesanti bhūmiṃ. Puna areti puna tasmiṃyeva are bhūmiṃ patteti atthoti keci, taṃ na sundaraṃ viya. Jāpitoti parājito, ‘‘parājito’’ti vā pāṭho. Pāpesīti abhibhavasi. Manāpaṃ bhāsamānassa brāhmaṇassa garuṃ bhāraṃ. Udabbahīti ākaḍḍhīti attho, anādaratthe vā sāmivacanaṃ. Dhanañca naṃ alābhesīti yathā so dhanaṃ alabhi, tathā akāsīti adhippāyo.
13.『再次到达辗转的地方』——意思是:再次绕转该处后,到达另一处辗转之地,如此写道。『已立足之辗转处』,意指大地。『再次辗转』——有些人认为其义是:再次令其到达同一处辗转之地,然此解释似乎不甚妥当。『被击败者』,意即『败北者』,另有异读作『败北者』。『你压倒了』,意即你征服了。『正在说悦耳之语的婆罗门所承受的沉重负担』。『承担了』,意即拖曳、牵引,或者此处所有格用于表示不尊重之义。『令彼失去财富』——其意趣是:使他如此丧失财富,便是此举之所为。
§15
15.Pubbeti nidāne. Avakaṇṇakanti chinnakaṇṇakanāmaṃ. Javakaṇṇakanti vaṅkakaṇṇakanāmaṃ. Dhaniṭṭhakaṃ dhanavaḍḍhakanāmaṃ, sirivaḍḍhakanāmaṃ kulavaḍḍhakasseva nāmaṃ. Tacchakakammanti khaṇanakammakārā koṭṭhakā, pāsāṇakammakārāti keci. ‘‘Muddāti pabbagaṇanā. Gaṇanāti mahāgaṇanā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Madhumehaṃ omeha’’nti likhitaṃ. Thūlakāyassa maṃsūpacayoti eke. Yabha methune. Vītarāgatādīhi akkosantopi kileseheva kira akkosati nāma, tathā ‘‘sotāpanno’’ti akkosanto āpattiyā akkosati nāmāti eke. Liṅgāyattattā accodātādipi liṅgameva jātaṃ.
15.『从前』,用于因缘序分。『阿瓦咖纳咖』,其名为『断耳者』。『贾瓦咖纳咖』,其名为『弯耳者』。『达尼德咖』,其名为『财富增长者』;『悉利瓦达咖』,则是『家族增长者』之名。『木工之业』——有人说是指挖掘工、造屋者,以及石工。古疏节文中说:『印记,乃是逐项计算;计算,乃是大总数之计算。』『令蜜流出』如此写道。有人说是指肥胖身体上堆积的肉。『交媾』,指淫事。据说,即便是被离贪者等以言词辱骂,也只是以烦恼在辱骂;同样,有人说:以『须陀洹』之语辱骂者,名为以罪名辱骂。由于依存于根之相,即便是过度白皙者等,也仍属根之相。
§16
16. Sabbattha vadetīti uddeso. Bhaṇatīti vitthāro. Vadetīti vā iminā paraviññāpanaṃ dīpeti.
16.『随处宣说』,乃是诵出。『诵读』,则是详解。或者,以『宣说』一词,显示令他人了知之义。
§26
26. Aññāpadesavāresu pana ‘‘evaṃ vadetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Pubbe dassitauddesakkamanidassanatthaṃ. Pubbepi ‘‘hīnena hīnaṃ, hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ, ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ, ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭha’’nti jātyādīsu ekekasmiṃ catudhā catudhā dassitauddesakkamassa nidassanaṃ ‘‘eva’’nti iminā karoti. ‘‘Hīnena hīnaṃ vadetī’’ti vuttaṭṭhāneyeva hi ‘‘evaṃ vadetī’’ti vutte so ākāro nidassito hotīti adhippāyo. Aññathā aññāpadesena so ākāro na sambhavatīti āpajjati. Na sambhavati evāti ce? Na, visesakāraṇābhāvā, tattha anāpattippasaṅgato, aniyamaniddesena aniyamatthasambhavato ca. ‘‘Santi idhekacce caṇḍālā’’tiādinā hi aniyamaniddesena caṇḍālaṃ vā acaṇḍālaṃ vā sandhāya bhaṇantassa āpattīti aniyamattho sambhavatīti adhippāyo. Yadi evaṃ ettakameva vattabbaṃ tāvatā pubbe dassitauddesakkamanidassanasiddhitoti? Na, ‘‘vadetī’’ti iminā ayojite ‘‘eva’’nti pade imaṃ nāma ākāraṃ dassetīti anavabodhato. Aññāpadesanayepi paraviññāpaneyeva dukkaṭapācittiyaṃ viyāti niyamanapayojanaṃ vā ‘‘vadetī’’ti padanti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā attano samīpe ṭhatvā aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpento hīnena hīnaṃ vadeti bhaṇati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sace sayaṃ hīno hīnena hīnaṃ caṇḍālaṃ…pe… pukkusaṃ ‘‘pukkuso’’ti bhaṇati āpatti vācāya vācāya pācittiyassa, esa nayo aññāpadesavāresupīti yojanā veditabbā. Ayamattho duṭṭhadosesu pariyesitabbo. Aññathā ‘‘vadeti bhaṇatī’’ti etesaṃ aññataraṃ ubhayattha anaññāpadesavāraaññāpadesavāresu, visesena vā aññāpadesavāresu niratthakaṃ āpajjati vināyeva tena vacanasiliṭṭhatāsambhavato. Attato pāḷiyaṃ avuttattā panettha ‘‘sāṇattika’’nti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ padasandhi vadetīti vada itīti. Asammukhā vadantassa dukkaṭaṃ ‘‘sammukhā pana sattahipi āpattikkhandhehi vadantassa dukkaṭa’’nti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā. Davakamyatā nāma keḷi, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘hasādhippāyatā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Asammukhāpi davakamyatāya vadantassa dubbhāsitamevā’’ti ācariyā vadanti. Pāpagarahitāya kujjhitvāpi vadantassa dukkaṭaṃ, asammukhā anāpattīti.
在不同的陈述中说“evaṃ vadetī”者,其意为何?这是因为先前显现了旨意和例证。早先有“hīnena hīnaṃ,hīnena ukkaṭṭhaṃ,ukkaṭṭhena hīnaṃ,ukkaṭṭhena ukkaṭṭha”这四对于分类别中分别进行了说明,因此‘evaṃ’在此处显示的即是这种格式。说“hīnena hīnaṃ vadetī”一文首次出现时,就已有“evaṃ vadetī”说明文体,即此形式由此开始成立。若不然,有其他陈述方式则不成立。若说“不成立”,则因特定条件未具足,没有过失关联,且因不确定指示,不能成就其意义。比如说“那里有些贱民”之类的语句,以无特定指示而论,说出者即陷于过失,因为无明示方向。若仅如此教导之前的说明,即可断定该格式成立?不然。“vadetī”中未加“evaṃ”者,因不了解此格式,才未显出;对于不得出示的陈述,则‘vadetī’即为表达必须发觉的内容。这里有如某人当面立定,指着另一个比库说“hīnena hīnaṃ”加以责骂,即构成过失犯戒。若自己身份卑贱对另一卑贱人称之为贱民,亦属过失言语犯戒,这是“陈述阻碍过失”的例子,应当明了。此意理不可在恶人中求证。若不然,“vadeti bhaṇatī”说法中,有些无既阻碍陈述,无名声毁坏,在律中则无施行此语句的基础。因本来巴利语未曾表明“sāṇattika”等解释,应当着意。词缀处“vadetīti”即“vade itīti”即“说话者说”。对于当面发言者而言,其过失甚大,如《安达设论》中所言。‘Davakamyatā’名为嬉笑,以“hasādhippāyatā”表示。“即使不当面,却以嬉笑方式说话者,则属恶言过失”,这是师所说。即使是恶者不当面伤害,亦仍为过失,而不能无视。
Omasavādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 诽谤语学处释毕。
3. Pesuññasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā3. 两舌学处解释
§36-7
36-7. ‘‘Imassa sutvā amussā’’ti pāṭho. ‘‘Imesaṃ sutvā’’ti na sundaraṃ. Bhedāyapīti bhedāya. Tiṇṇampi bhikkhubhāvatoyeva nipajjanato ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ pesuññe’’ti bahuvacanaṃ kataṃ.
36-7. 此处文句为“听闻此事者非彼者”等。读作“此众听闻”较不美观。Bhedāya 义为“区别”。“Tiṇṇa”一词源自比库的修习而堕入。“比库群体的重要命令”乃使用复数形式。
§38-9
38-9. ‘‘Itthannāmo āyasmā caṇḍālo…pe… pukkusoti bhaṇatī’’ti vatvā pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatīti yojanā. Aññathā ‘‘pukkusoti bhaṇatī’’ti vattabbatā āpajjati. Ettha anupasampannavāro labbhamānopi na uddhaṭo omasavāde dassitanayattā, saṅkhepato ante dassetukāmatāya vā. Tathā hi ante tīṇi dukkaṭāni dassitāni. Tāni pana dassento bhagavā yasmā ‘‘upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharatī’’ti vuttānaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ aññataravipallāsavasena vā ubhayavipallāsavasena vā pācittiyanti katvā dvepi tāni ekato vuttānīti dassetukāmo, tasmā sabbapaṭhamaṃyeva ‘‘upasampanno upasampannassa sutvā upasampannassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti āha. ‘‘Dvīsu panetesu yasmā pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannopi upasampanno tādisaṃyeva upasampannaṃ khuṃsetukāmo omasati, tādisassa sutvā tādisassa pesuññaṃ upasaṃharati, āpatti pācittiyassa, tasmā ‘upasampanno’ti idaṃ ādipadaṃ sabbattha vutta’’nti keci vadanti, taṃ na yuttaṃ, anavasesaāpattiṃ āpannassa puna āpattiyā asambhavato, tasmā kevalaṃ mātikāyaṃ bhikkhupadābhāvatoyeva ‘‘bhaṇati upasaṃharatī’’ti padānaṃ kārakaniddesābhāve asambhavato eva taṃ ādipadaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ pāḷilesābhāvato anāṇattikameva. ‘‘Na piyakamyassa, na bhedādhippāyassā’’ti upasaṃharaṇāpekkhaṃ sāmivacanaṃ tuṇhībhūtassa vacanappayojanābhāvato, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pāpagarahitāya bhaṇantassa anāpattī’’ti.
38-9. 文中称“此女子名为阿阇世……言曰:‘能善言’”,意在说明『聚众收束』。若另释“能善言”,则文意会生别解。这里即使出现未获收束者,亦非夸张之谤言,而为简要指出末端。如此末端显示三恶行为。世尊所示三恶,因曾说“若闻已收若未收众,则善言收束”,表明两说字句因种种误会或双方释疑,而分别定为巴吉帝亚戒罪,两者中有一已叙述,故欲说明此点。于是起始句仅说“已收众所听闻,则善言收束,犯巴吉帝亚戒罪”。有说“因二三句含犯巴拉基迦戒,已实收众,欲毁坏同修未获收者,也会收束”,此说不当。因已犯戒后复犯同戒,不可能。故仅从戒文戒本上分析,谓“能言收束”无指向因果关系之用法,此起句本义不及此。此为巴利语言纯洁性保持,用以表明“无好恶、无违别意,单纯所称收束”,乃为清楚所述。此故有言“恶人说法无有罪”,为此理证的用语。
Pesuññasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 两舌学处解释已毕。
4. Padasodhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā4. 逐句法学处解释
§45-6
45-6.Sabbametaṃpadaso dhammo nāmāti ettha dhammo nāma buddhabhāsitoti evaṃ sambandho. Akkharasamūhoti asamattapade. Paccekabuddhabhāsitaṃ buddhabhāsite eva. Anupāsakagahaṭṭhehi bhāsito isibhāsitādisaṅgahaṃ gacchatīti veditabbaṃ. Katthaci potthake ‘‘devatābhāsito’’ti padaṃ natthi, yattha atthi, sā pāḷi. Gāthābandhepi ca esa nayoti ekameva akkharaṃ vatvā ṭhānaṃ labbhati eva. ‘‘Evaṃ me suta’’ntiādisuttaṃ bhaṇāpiyamāno ekāraṃ vatvā tiṭṭhati ce, anvakkharena pācittiyaṃ, aparipuṇṇapadaṃ vatvā ṭhite anubyañjanena. Padesu ekaṃ paṭhamapadaṃ virujjhati ce, anupadena pācittiyaṃ. Aṭṭhakathānissitoti aṭṭhakathānissitavasena ṭhito. Pubbe pakatibhāsāya vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathaṃ sandhāya. Pāḷinissitoti pāḷiyaṃ evāgato. Maggakathādīnipi pakaraṇāni.
45-6. 『此一切相法』即是“法”之所指,此处“法”名由世尊所说联系而成立。所谓文字聚集者,不过不完整句子。《独觉佛所说经》与《佛所说经》意义等同。那里讲述非信徒的论题,故与释述的说法相符。有些章节中“天人所说”语素缺,存此处为正统巴利文联结。诗句结尾亦是此理,一字即定位。若念“如是我闻”等,是单一字音节完结,因文达戒经不完整句,故结尾以辅音断句。若行文中断,亦视为戒文不合格。此处属于依托释注而立。曾以古法言之即注释体。因古讲解文有此说法称为释注,以巴利名气言之即巴利文。路径论述等亦是如此。
§48
48.Upacāranti dvādasahatthaṃ. ‘‘Opātetīti ekato bhaṇati samāgacchatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Kiñcāpi apalāladamanampi sīlupadesopi bhagavato kāle uppanno, atha kho tesu yaṃ yaṃ buddhavacanato āharitvā vuttaṃ, taṃ tadeva āpattivatthu hotīti viññāpanatthaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘vadantī’’ti vacanehi sithilaṃ kataṃ. Buddhavacanato āharitvā vuttassa bahulatāya tabbahulanayena tesu āpatti vuttā, tasmā mahāpaccariyaṃ tassādhippāyo pakāsitoti attho. ‘‘Sabbesameva vacananti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Sace ācariyo ṭhito nisinnānaṃ pāṭhaṃ deti, ‘‘na ṭhito nisinnassa dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti vuttāpattiṃ nāpajjatīti eke. Tesampi pāṭhadānaṃ dhammadesanato na aññanti taṃ na yuttaṃ, chattapāṇikādīnaṃ pāṭhadānena anāpattippasaṅgato, āpattibhāvo ca siddho. Vuttañhetaṃ –
48. “Upacāra”一词为十二指轮的意思。“Opāte”曰“是一处来集”,此为书面注释。即使稍微含蓄约束戒律,诸如世尊时代已起,今从佛语摄取所说内容,皆视为戒律犯事之事,故大释论用“说者”字眼表达,稍有宽松。因佛语摄取多而繁杂,戒律说法皆已陈述,故“彼有大叹异,严加掌控”之意。所谓“一切即为佛语,别处者”,即有此说。有说若老师留坐讲经,则言“非留坐讲教”,故许多不同见解。此已非对读经布施如雨伞手广大之施舍,无遣责,苦果已成。其说:“二者不知,二者不传;谁说此法,谁学彼法。”(巴厘语647页)
‘‘Ubho atthaṃ na jānanti, ubho dhammaṃ na passare;
“二者含义皆不知,二者法亦不传;
Yo cāyaṃ mantaṃ vāceti, yo cādhammenadhīyatī’’ti. (pāci. 647);
谁念经语者,谁依其法习焉。”
Ettha adhīyatīti attho, tasmā pāṭhadānampi dhammadesanāva. Sekhiyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 634) ‘‘dhammaparicchedo panettha padasodhamme vuttanayena veditabbo’’ti vuttaṃ , tasmā ayameva dhammo sabbattha dhammapaṭisaṃyuttasikkhāpadesu veditabbo. Yadi evaṃ saṅkhārabhāsādivasena cittadhammaṃ desentassa sekhiyavasena anāpatti siyā, tato chapakajātakavirodho. Tattha mantānaṃ bāhiraganthattāti ce? Na, tadadhippāyājānanato. Ayañhi tattha adhippāyo ‘‘bāhirakaganthasaṅkhātampi mantaṃ ucce āsane nisinnassa vācetuṃ me bhikkhave amanāpaṃ, pageva dhammaṃ desetu’’nti. ‘‘Tadāpi me, bhikkhave, amanāpaṃ nīce āsane nisīditvā ucce āsane nisinnassa mantaṃ vācetuṃ, kimaṅgaṃ pana etarahi…pe… dhammaṃ desetu’’nti (pāci. 647) hi ayaṃ pāḷi yathāvuttameva adhippāyaṃ dīpeti, na aññaṃ. Teneva ‘‘mantaṃ vācetuṃ dhammaṃ desetu’’nti vacanabhedo kato. Aññathā ubhayattha ‘‘dhammaṃ desetu’’micceva vattabbanti.
此处“修习”之义已明,因此阅读亦应视为教法的讲说。法学注释云:『法门章节,应由字义准确表达以示明了』。故本法教论在诸处戒律教学中皆应如此了解。若以造作语言等向心所讲授,如沙弥弟子身份讲法则不生过失,则与蟒蛇经反例相符。此处所谓众说「外部文字」,是否有误?非也,因此为方便方便之说。此处方便说犹言『即使是外部文字编纂,也准许坐于高座的比库自由讲话,唯当正讲法义』。『那时我亦准许,虽然坐低座,尚可对坐高座者讲话,况且现在……讲法』,此为巴利语诗句原意释义,非他。故「言论教法」二者不同,若不然,则二者皆不应空言讲法。
Mayāsaddhiṃ mā vadātiādimhi pana anugaṇṭhipade evaṃ vutto ‘‘sace bhikkhu sāmaṇerena saddhiṃ vattukāmo, tathā sāmaṇeropi bhikkhunā saddhiṃ vattukāmo sahasā opāteti, ‘yebhuyyena paguṇaṃ ganthaṃ bhaṇantaṃ opātetī’’tiādīsu viya anāpatti, na hi ettāvatā bhikkhu sāmaṇerassa uddisati nāma hoti. Yasmā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ natthi, tasmāpi yuttamevetaṃ. Sace tattha vicāretvā paṭikkhittaṃ siyā āpatti, kiriyākiriyañca nāpajjati. Kasmā? Yasmā cittena ekato vattukāmo, atha kho naṃ ‘ekato mā vadā’ti paṭikkhipitvāpi ekato vadanto āpajjati. Avattukāmassa sahasā virajjhitvā ekato vadantassa anāpatti, tena vuttaṃ ‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadāti vutto yadi vadati, anāpattī’ti. Tathāpi ācariyānaṃ matimanuvattantena evarūpesu ṭhānesu yathāvuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ natthi, natthibhāvatoyeva āpatti. Sace tattha anāpattiavacanaṃ na sambhavati ayamaṭṭhānattā’’ti.
有关“我同意共语勿言”等语,非律法戒条明文,乃跟随依附段辞中的说法:『假使比库与沙弥同愿共语,沙弥亦能随即应答,并告知其指出错误处,如同披露有缺失的章节』,此不构成戒律过失,因为未特指比库对沙弥。大法注释中亦无此规定,故此说合理。若审查此说并反对则成违规,但不引发具体戒律惩罚。何故?因比库心意一致,即使被判令“勿言一致”而违犯,仍然因为心意一致受过失。欲违却极易消弭,其故在于“我同意勿言”的本意就是无过失。老师之教令也是如此,依照合理规范应当实施。何故?因大法注无该罚则,如果此处无过失之说不成立,则无法成立该过失说。
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vutto yadi vadati, bhikkhuno anāpattīti yuttametaṃ bhikkhuno vattukāmatāyābhāvato, bhāvepi sajjhāyakaraṇādīsu tīsu anāpattito ca. Atha sāmaṇerena byattatāya ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vutto bhikkhu abyattatāya vadati, āpatti eva vattukāmatāsabbhāvato. Sahasā ce vadati, anāpatti tadabhāvato. Sace bhikkhu evaṃ ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vatvā tena saddhiṃ sayaṃ vadati, āpatti eva. Na hi etaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ kiriyākiriyaṃ. Yadi etaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ kiriyākiriyaṃ bhaveyya, yuttaṃ. Tattha anāpattīti adhippāyo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ imināva adhippāyena ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ mā vadā’’ti vuttaṃ siyā. Na hi sāmaṇerassa kiriyā idha pamāṇanti, imasmiṃ pana adhippāye vutte atiyuttaṃvāti attho. Akkharattho byañjanattho. Kiñcāpi ‘‘yañca padaṃ yañca anupadaṃ yañca anvakkharaṃ yañca anubyañjanaṃ, sabbametaṃ padasodhammo nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ, tathāpi ‘‘padena vāceti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa, akkharāya vāceti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti idameva dvayaṃ yojitaṃ, taṃ kasmāti ce? Padena anupadaanubyañjanānaṃ saṅgahitattā. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘anupadanti dutiyapādo. Anubyañjananti purimabyañjanena sadisaṃ pacchābyañjana’’nti (pāci. aṭṭha. 45), tasmā anupadekadesamattameva anubyañjananti siddhaṃ. ‘‘Akkharānubyañjanasamūho pada’’nti ca vuttattā padamattameva vattabbaṃ tena anupadādittayaggahaṇatoti ce? Na vattabbaṃ vacanavisesato. Padena vācento hi pade vā anupade vā anubyañjane vā āpattiṃ āpajjati. Na akkharena. Akkharena vācento pana padādīsu aññatarasmiṃ āpajjati. Na hi ‘‘varo varaññū varado varāharo’’tiādimhi paṭhamaṃ va-kāraṃ vācento dutiyādiva-kāre opāteti, paṭhamaṃ ro-kāraṃ vācento dutiyaro-kāre opāteti, paṭhamaṃ ra-kāraṃ vācento dutiyara-kāre opāteti, āpatti pācittiyassāti sambhavati. Anubyañjanānulomato sambhavati evāti ce? Na, ‘‘pade pade āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti iminā viruddhattā. Idañhi vacanaṃ ekasmiṃ pade ekā āpattīti dīpeti. ‘‘Rūpaṃ aniccanti vuccamāno rūti opātetī’’ti vacanato sakalaṃ pādaṃ vācentassa paṭhamaakkharamatte ekato vutte āpattīti siddhanti ce? Na, ‘‘akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti iminā viruddhattā, tasmā rūti opātetīti vattuṃ asambhavato rū-kārassa yathāvuttadhammapariyāpannabhāvasiddhito taṃ avatvā kevalaṃ akkharāya vācentassa yathāvuttadhammapariyāpannaakkharabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘‘rūpaṃ aniccanti vuccamāno’’ti vuttaṃ, vacanasiliṭṭhatāvasena vā anubyañjane vedanāvacanaṃ viyāti veditabbaṃ.
此处讨论:「‘我同意共语勿言’已说,若说则无过失」之理,因比库无共语意愿,且无教诫动机,故无过失且无罚;若沙弥违背无需相符之意愿而言,则算过失。若比库以‘我同意勿言共语’自语,则生过失,此非戒条所容。若戒律成立则有罪,过失即判决。大注释中对此已有说明。过失论点较量详述,指出“字词意义、构成方式,以及何谓字义、辅音辅字相依”为何与过去字义表达协调。故“单纯从字角度过失”不成立,因为过失不来自单字,而应来自字句整体连贯逻辑。举例“光阴无常”等语解释,若一律依辅字过失则破坏释义合理性,故语法上的发音附加仅为辅佐发音而非过失根由。言语破绽主要因语义紊乱、文字错用等,非辅字用错及其变位。
Padasodhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 逐句法学处解释已毕。
5. Paṭhamasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā5. 第一共宿学处解释
§50
50. ‘‘Na sahaseyyaṃ kappetabba’’nti bhāvavasena vuttaṃ, kesuci ‘‘na sahaseyyā kappetabbā’’ti pāṭho, na kappetabbā bhikkhunāti paññattanti adhippāyo. ‘‘Apassenaṃ vāti vāyimamañcakameva hotī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yaṃ etesaṃ na kappati, taṃ tesampīti upajjhāyādīnaṃ santikaṃ agantvā sahaseyyaṃ kappeyyāti pāṭhaseso.
五十条“不可随意闲谈”句从意义上解说,谓『勿妄言比库不可随意闲谈』。文字注释曰『不可随意,如同风不连续吹』。故不随意为止言之谓。若不随意者甚多,则示意为应于导师等所处现场,勿妄言随意说闲话。
§52
52. ‘‘Anupasampanno nāma bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā avaseso’ti vuttattā mātugāmo anupasampannoti catuttharattiyaṃ mātugāmo dvepi sahaseyyāpattiyo janetīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā…pe… pannoti pārājikavatthubhūto tiracchānapuriso adhippeto’’ti ca, ubhayampi vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Dutiyasikkhāpade mātugāmo nāmāti manussitthiṃyeva gahetvā yakkhī petī tiracchānagatā pārājikavatthubhūtā na gahitā tesu dukkaṭattā. ‘‘Sace pana attanopi sikkhāpade dukkaṭaṃ bhaveyya, atha kasmā paṭhamasikkhāpade pācittiya’’nti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aparikkhitte pamukhe anāpattī’’ti sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ, tassatthaṃ dīpetuṃ andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘bhūmiyaṃ vinā jagatiyā pamukhaṃ sandhāya kathita’’nti vuttaṃ. Puna vasatīti catutthadivase vasati. Bhikkhunipanneti bhikkhumhi nipanne. Sannipatitamaṇḍapaṃ nāma mahāvihāre sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Tīṇi ca divasāni dukkaṭakhette vasitvā catutthe divase sahaseyyāpattipahonake sayati, pācittiyevā’’ti ekacce vadanti kira, taṃ na yuttaṃ.
五十二条中『不合群名为比库,剩余者为不合群者』的说法,言母群是非合群者,属第四等级,其间有二种随意闲谈过失。又据有比库立场的不合群者为强行在林下无戒者,彼此应当检视。对于二戒中相应过失者不予取罚。若自己现有戒条有过失,何以初戒中罚则生效?巴利注释译文说据释义为‘不经审查之下’言出无意识过失。斯里兰卡注释对此有释:此意为‘无地面无群众所聚,未审查告诫’之意。第四日安居。比库集合入住大寺院殿堂。彼此言说三日恶语中第四日则为闲谈罚,则此为少数眾所持,不合规范。
Paṭhamasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一共宿学处解释已毕。
6. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā六、第二同宿学处注释
§55
55. ‘‘Atha kho te manussā’’ti ca ‘‘te addhikā’’ti ca pāṭho. ‘‘Ekaratta’’ntipi atthi, so na sundaro. Paṇḍake pāḷiyaṃ dukkaṭassa vuttattā ‘‘ubhatobyañjanehi mūlāpattīti dissatī’’ti, ‘‘animittādayo itthiyovā’’ti ca vadanti ubhatobyañjanake vuttaṃ viya. Kiñcāpi matitthī pārājikavatthu hoti, anupādinnapakkhe ṭhitattā pana idha āpattiṃ na karoti. Pārājikāpattiṭṭhānañcettha na oloketabbaṃ.
五十五条文云『于是那些人』,又云『多者』的语句中含有“一次性”的语义,若无此则不可美。巴利语中“残缺”(ubhatobyañjana)意谓“根基动摇”,在妇女等中也有‘无因缘者’之辞义。《古法疏》谓此为残缺。此亦为断绝之戒律项。未占据因缘一方则不可犯过失,但此处不犯。迦叶长老注释述云:“若自身戒律不正,则初戒罚责受罚。”锡兰注释解曰“非地面群众聚之场所者不可犯。”昆达注说“第四日居止,俗称安居。”此处“比库集合”谓比库众合。“三日恶语处第四日居止,居止者亦当戒罚。”部分所持见解不应采纳。
Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二同宿学处注释完毕。
7. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā七、说法学处注释
§66
66. ‘‘Viññū paṭibalā’’ti vacanato aviññū itthiyāpi desentassa anāpatti. Idha yakkhīādayo manussitthī viya anoḷārikattā dukkaṭavatthukā jātā. Tiracchānagatamanussaviggahitthiyā paṭibalatāya vuttattā itarāpi dukkaṭavatthuyevāti eke. ‘‘Mātugāmāyā’’ti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aṭṭhakathādipāṭhaṃ ṭhapetvā damiḷādinā yathāruci kathetuṃ labhati kirā’’ti likhitaṃ, yathā yakkhīādayo dukkaṭavatthukā jātā, tathā purisaviggahaṃ gahetvā ṭhitena yakkhādinā saddhiṃ ṭhitassa mātugāmassa dhammaṃ desento dukkaṭaṃ anāpajjitvā kasmā pācittiyamāpajjatīti ce? Īsakampi dutiyapakkhaṃ abhajanato. Manussamātugāmopi na dutiyo, pageva yakkhādayoti. Na dutiyāniyate tassa dutiyattāti ce? Na tattha duṭṭhullavācāpekkhā dutiyatā, kintu nisajjāpekkhā, idha ca na nisajjamattaṃ, kintu desanā idhādhippetā. Sā ca nipajjanato oḷārikā, tasmā asamatthanidassanaṃ.
66.“‘智者坚固’这话说出之后,即使是无智女性为其宣说,也不构成过失。这里说到夜叉等众生,其性如人,因无拘束而生起恶行。因被称为外道恶缘夜叉邪魔之类的坚固者,也有认为其他众生同样生恶。‘母乡者’为性别倒置的用法。佛音在大论等著中记载:‘读者用泰米尔文等依其喜好讲说’,说因夜叉等众生生恶行故,实际上他们虽将人身握持在手中,站立时与夜叉等共处传法者,若不生恶行,何以罪律生起?对此,第一方面主张该义。认为即便是人身的母乡中,也并非第二种情况,专指夜叉等众生。第二种情况能被理解吗?不是,因为这里无恶口之意,而是对应弃净。这里非纯粹弃净,而因因宣说此理。那样沉沦则为无拘束者,因此显示为不稳定和迷乱之现象。
Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 说法学处注释完毕。
8. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、告知真实上人法学处注释
§67
67. ‘‘Catutthapārājikavatthu ca idañca ekamevā’’ti vuttaṃ, na yuttaṃ. Kasmā? Tattha ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti vuttattā. Te ariyamissakā na hontīti dvepi ekasadisānīti mama takko. ‘‘Ariyāpi paṭijāniṃsu, tesampi abbhantare vijjamānattā uttarimanussadhammassā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Sabbepi bhūtaṃ bhagavāti puthujjanaariyānaṃ uttarimanussadhammassa ārocitattā ‘bhūta’nti vuttaṃ, na attano uttarimanussadhammaṃ sandhāyāti apare’’ti vuttaṃ.
67.“第四巴拉基咖事项,这也只有一件。”此语虽被引用,但非合适。为何?因为其中说有“无知人”,即非圣者者不在其中,我认为有二者同义之虑。著作中记载:“圣者也在其中,且他们仍有内在觉知,胜于人间法。”又说:“一切众生皆称世尊,指无学与圣者中欲度之众生,称为‘众生’,非指自他之潜圣法,应分开理解。”
§77
77.Pubbe avuttehīti catutthapārājike avuttehīti.
77.“之前已说过”的意思为之前第四巴拉基咖事项已说过。
Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 告知真实上人法学处注释完毕。
9. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第九,告知粗重罪学处注释
§78-80
78-80. ‘‘Teneva hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesī’’ti pāṭho sampatipāṭho sundaro. Apaloketvāva kātabbā. No ce, pāḷiyaṃyeva vuttaṃ siyā. ‘‘Ottappenā’’ti vattabbe ruḷhīvasena paresu ‘‘hirottappenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ uttānattā na vuttaṃ, pācittiyāsambhavadassaneneva hi dukkaṭanti siddhaṃ.
78-80.“用那只手去除污秽”的语句,是译文优美而常用的句型,应当考究其出处。若无出处,则当只认为是巴利语文本的表达。这里“ottappenā”为粗糙语,如同他人说“hirottappenā”之类。大注释书中未见此语,只有从犯戒发生的恶意之含义得到证实。
§83
83. Tattha ‘‘kamma’’nti vuttaajjhācārepi pariyāpannattā taṃ tassa daṇḍakammavatthu. ‘‘Tattha kammaṃ āpanno’’ti pubbepi likhitaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘attakāmaṃ āpanno’’ti pāṭho, ‘‘ayameva gahetabbo’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ.
83.此处“业”一词,由于戒律教说之复杂,详见其惩罚事项。先前著述有“曾染业”句。大注释书中有“为自己之欲染业”之文,且说“当取此业”,此处需进一步斟酌。
Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 告知粗重罪学处注释终了。
10. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第十,掘地学处注释
§86
86.Kaṭasakkharā setamattikā viya mudukā sakkharajāti. ‘‘Akatapabbhāreti avalañjitabbaṭṭhānadassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Anovassakaṭṭhānadassanattha’’nti vattabbaṃ. Mūsikukkuranti mūsikāhi uddhaṭapaṃsu. Suddhacittāti kiñcāpi ‘‘evaṃ pavaṭṭite pathavī bhijjissatī’’ti jānanti, no pana ce pathavībhedatthikā, suddhacittā nāma honti. Paṃsuādayo dve koṭṭhāsā āpattikarā. Keci ‘‘sabbacchannādīsu upaḍḍhe dukkaṭassa vuttattā sace dukkaṭaṃ, yutta’’nti vadanti. Tattha yuttaṃ tādisassa vatthuno sambhavā, idha pana jātapathavī ca ajātapathavī cāti dveyeva vatthūni, tasmā dvinnaṃ ekena bhavitabbanti na yuttaṃ. Etthāpi dukkaṭavacanaṃ atthīti ce? Taṃ pana saññāvasena, na vatthuvasenāti na yuttameva.
86.粗糖宛如白土质地柔软。著述记载,“不应弄脏其处所”,意在显现洁净位置。称“不浸泡于水中”,应如此理解。鼠猪意指有老鼠和猪毛的。所谓纯净心,是指众生知晓“如此活动,地将湿润”,并非指破坏土地者称纯净心。灰尘累累之类,造成二种污染因素。有人说“对覆盖物等若以恶行称之,则合适”,对此说法或可理解。这里确实有此因缘,但若土地生与未生者同时并存,则二物不可合一,不合适合起。即便如此,恶语词义亦如此吗?那只是心智所现,并非事物本身,为不合适。
§87
87.Aggiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti ettha ettāvatā usumaṃ gaṇhāti, tasmā vaṭṭatīti keci. Evaṃ sati pathaviyā aggimhi kate dūratopi bhūmi uṇhā hoti, tattakaṃ kopetabbaṃ siyā, na ca kappati, tasmā yasmiṃ ṭhāne patati, taṃ so aggi ḍahati, tasmā vaṭṭatīti eke. Aḍahitepi ‘‘adaḍḍhāyapathaviyā aggiṃ ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttattā attanā pātanāyeva doso patite upadāheti veditabbaṃ.
87.火种生起的适宜时节称为生起期。在此,生起期有多种说法。因如此,有人称之为生起期。正因如此,在地面上点火的时候,即使远方的土地变热,那里也应当保持警觉,绝不可轻慢。因此,火落在某一点上时,那是生起的火,有人称之为生起期。即使火已燃起,也有说法指出‘‘尚未点燃的土地上不适合安放火种’’,这是因为火种自身落下之后,造成火灾的过失应从火种落下时开始认定。
Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 掘地学处注释终了。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena musāvādavaggo paṭhamo. · 依注释次第,第一妄语品圆满。
2. Bhūtagāmavaggo
2. 地像品
1. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第一,植物学处注释
§89
89.Pharasuṃ niggahetuṃ asakkontoti dassitabhāvaṃ jānāpeti. Kasmā ayaṃ pharasuṃ uggirīti ce? Manussānantiādi tassa parihāro. ‘‘Ākoṭesi chindīti ca vacanato rukkhadevatānaṃ hatthāni chijjanti, na cātumahārājikādīnaṃ viya acchejjānī’’ti vadanti.
89.说 ‘‘无法拿起那把斧头’’,这是表述状态,使人了解其含义。那么为何称那为斧头呢?这在于俗众对其的称呼等原因。关于此,说明文指出:“‘砍断’及‘割断’这两个词是说明树神的树枝被砍断之意,这与砍断四大王等天神的头颅不同。”
§90-92
90-92.Bhavanti ahuvuñcāti dvikāliko bhūtasaddo. Yadi bījato nibbattena bījaṃ dassitaṃ, tadeva santakaṃ yadidaṃ. Sova kukkuṭo maṃsimakkhitoti ayameva hi parihāro. Aṭṭhakathāsupi hi ‘‘bīje bījasaññī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yaṃ bījaṃ bhūtagāmo nāma hoti, tasmiṃ bīje bhūtagāmabījeti yojetvā. Amūlakattā kira sampuṇṇabhūtagāmo na hoti, ‘‘samūlapatto eva hi bhūtagāmo nāmā’’ti kāraṇaṃ vadanti. ‘‘Abhūtagāmamūlattāti bhūtagāmato anuppannattā abhūtagāmamūlaṃ, bhūtagāmassa amūlakattā vā. Na hi tato añño bhūtagāmo uppajjatī’’ti dvidhāpi likhitaṃ. Piyaṅgu asanarukkho vaḍḍhanattaco khajjaphalo, ‘‘pītasālo’’tipi vuccati. Amūlakabhūtagāme saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti nāḷikerassevāyaṃ. Ghaṭapiṭṭhijātattā, bījagāmānulomattā ca dukkaṭavatthu. Na vāsetabbaṃ ‘‘durūpaciṇṇattā’’ti likhitaṃ, ‘‘yesaṃ rukkhānaṃ sākhā ruhatīti vacanato yesaṃ na ruhati, tesaṃ sākhāya kappiyakaraṇakiccaṃ natthīti siddha’’nti vuttaṃ. Muddatiṇanti tassa nāmaṃ. ‘‘Muñjatiṇanti pāṭho’’ti likhitaṃ.
90-92. ‘‘成为,存在’’这两时态即为表示事物现象的复合词。如果从根种(种子)依止灭尽来看种子,则此即为根本。若鸡叫声被称作食肉之声,则这也是俗称。《注疏》中亦记载有 ‘‘种子与种子的观念’’。被称为地像(事物根基)的种子是指那些把种子结合形成地像的种子。若说未根本的地像则不能称为完整的地像,有云 ‘‘称地像时乃是依其根本所成’’。对于无根本之地像,谓其未生出根本之地像,即为无根本地像。因为无根本地像是未生出的地像,所以称作无根本。无根本者必无其他地像从中生起。被称为“枯黄色”的树是一种枯死树及能促进生长确实结果的果树,也被称为“黄色树”。在无根本地像的情况下,采集它们的作法类似于采摘椰子。因受陶罐等制品的影响,根本地像的顺应也被视为困难之处。言说中记载 ‘‘不可居住因为枝枯萎,枝虽存而无芽’’,就是告知说若树木枝叶不再生长,则无从开展树枝之相关作业,此点已被证实。所称“摸达蒂那”为其名, ‘‘摸闹吉尼’’乃其语义表达。
Samaṇakappehīti samaṇavohārehi, tasmā vattabbaṃ bhikkhunā ‘‘kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti. Tassa āṇattiyā karontenāpi sāmaṇerādinā ‘‘kappiya’’nti vatvāva aggiparijitaṃ kātabbanti siddhaṃ. Aggiparijitādīni viya kappiyattā abījanibbaṭṭabījānipi ‘‘pañcahi samaṇakappehī’’ti (cūḷava. 250) ettha paviṭṭhāni, yathālābhato vā samaṇakappavacanaṃ gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Kappiya’nti vattukāmo ‘kappa’nti ce vadati, ‘vaṭṭatī’ti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kappiya’nti vacanaṃ sakasakabhāsāyapi vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Kappiyanti vatvā’’ti vuttattā bhikkhunā ‘kappiyaṃ’icceva vattabbaṃ, ‘‘itarena pana yāya kāyaci bhāsāyā’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. ‘‘Ucchuṃ kappiyaṃ karissāmīti dāruṃ vijjhatī’’ti vacanato kappiyaṃ kātabbaṃ sandhāya viraddheti vuttaṃ hoti, ācariyā pana ‘‘kappiyaṃ kāretabbaṃ sandhāya kappiyanti sitthādiṃ kāreti, vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, tassa kāraṇaṃ vadantā kātuṃ vaṭṭanabhāveneva virajjhitvā katepi kappiyaṃ jātaṃ. Yadi na vaṭṭeyya, sitthādimhi kate na vaṭṭeyyāti, upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Uṭṭhitasevālaghaṭaṃ ātape nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭati, vikopetukāmatāya sati dukkaṭaṃ yuttaṃ viya. ‘‘Puppharajjubhājanagatikā, tasmā na vaṭṭati. Nāḷe vā baddhapupphakalāpe nāḷasmiṃ katepi vaṭṭati tasmiṃ pupphassa atthitāyā’’ti vadanti. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ‘‘bījagāmena bhūtagāmo dassito anavasesapariyādānattha’’nti vuttaṃ.
称为沙门阶级时,即以沙门称呼,因此比库应明白说‘应当守法’。因众人习气,即使和尚等也说“守法”,这是宋本中所载。关于火祭之类应守的规定说,若未发芽的种子亦不可使用,因须符合沙门的五事,即沙门所称。此处已落实如真言所说,可依据所得采纳沙门的称呼。若言‘应当守法’,而以‘法’字亦即‘时节’解释,是常用说法。和尚说‘应守法’,而他处使用了不同的语系,则须审正之。旧训有说‘愿造善法,砍伐木头’,这句话提出‘应造法’的理由。师长们说‘应守法,善士及比库们也应从事此项事业,即应遵守时节’,因此所谓‘生起期’是指造作而非毁坏,若非如此,原有时节将不适用,这需重新检视。于烈日下投掷石块,因有意制造不良情绪,若成不善事,则宜避免。曰‘‘花王进食花蜜者千万不可,故花束所在不应采摘花朵’’,此言由来。古时有云 ‘‘种子地像所现非真正意旨,实为无根之地像’’。
Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 植物学处注释已结束。
2. Aññavādakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、异语学处注释
§98-9
98-9.Aññaṃ vadatīti aññavādakaṃ, ‘‘vacanaṃ kareyyā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Tuṇhībhūtassetaṃ nāma’’nti pāṭho. Ugghātetukāmoti samohanitukāmo, antarāyaṃ kattukāmoti porāṇā.
98-99. ‘‘他人说话’’为反对者,意为‘发表言论’。课文曰‘‘名为怅然若失’’。欲破除,欲削弱者,谓其阻碍,为旧言。
§100
100. ‘‘Sudiṭṭho bhante, na paneso kahāpaṇotiādīsu anāropite dukkaṭena musāvādapācittiyaṃ, aropite pācittiyadvayaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ.
100.“尊者们认为:‘尊者已经被明见者所明证,因在诸如偷盗等恶行中未加指控的妄语罪,虽有指控,则为二重悔戒罪’者,应当加以思惟。”
§102
102.Adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vāti ettha ‘‘mayi vutte maṃ vā aññaṃ vā saṅgho adhammena vā kammaṃ, vaggena vā kammaṃ karissati, na kammārahassa vā me, aññassa vā kammaṃ karissatī’’ti na kathetīti yojetabbaṃ.
102.“无论以不正当行为,抑或以谩骂污言无益之语,在此不应作‘我所说、不论是谁,僧团不作不正当行为,不作谩骂行为,也不作无益言语,既非我所作,亦非他人所作’之语,此语不可采纳,应当排除。”
Aññavādakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 异语学处注释已结束。
3. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、煽动非难学处注释
§103
103.‘‘Chandāyā’’ti akkharakkharāyātiādi viya liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ, chandatthanti vā attho. Yesaṃ senāsanāni paññapeti, tesaṃ attani chandatthanti adhippāyo.
103.“欲望”一词,如同引申为“字母变异”等用法,属于语义上的反转,是“欲望”的含义。众多僧舍中所指,皆以“欲望之意”为准“支配权”。
§106
106.Anupasampannantiādīsu karaṇattho gahetabbo. Aññaṃ anupasampannanti aññena anupasampannena. Tassa vāti anupasampannassa. ‘‘Sammutikāle pañcaṅgavirahādayo asammatā nāmā’’ti, ‘‘upasampannena laddhasammuti sikkhāpaccakkhānena vinassatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ. Saṅghenāti sabbena saṅghena kammavācāya assāvetvā ‘‘taveso bhāro’’ti kevalaṃ āropitabhāro. Kevala-saddo hettha kammavācāya assāvitabhāvamattameva dīpeti. Sayamevāti itaresaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā. Abhūtena khīyanakassa ādikammikassa kathaṃ anāpattīti ce? Iminā sikkhāpadena. Musāvāde āpattiyeva dve pācittiyo vuttā viya dissanti pubbapayoge rukkhādichindanādīsu viya, vicāretabbaṃ.
106.对于“不具戒”的等词,须理解其含义。如用他者之“不具戒”,以他者之不具戒义;其中的“其”指不具戒者。引语:“立戒时,五种远离之行为被称为不正行为”,“对具戒者以所受戒约束而消灭”。“僧团”指全体僧团,在戒律宣说中得以认可,称为“惹事之重担”。仅词语本身指戒律宣说所加之惹事状态。所谓“自尸”,指他比库之许可。未发生之戒犯如何不落罪?以此戒条应对。禁妄语罪二重悔戒,如前述若干例树木砍伐等罪,应详细考察。
Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 煽动非难学处注释已结束。
4. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、第一坐卧处学处注释
§110
110. ‘‘Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotī’’ti vacanato, parivāre ‘‘ekā paññatti, ekā anupaññattī’’ti (pari. 226) vacanato ca idha atthi anupaññattīti siddhaṃ. Kiñcāpi siddhaṃ, ‘‘evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’tiādinā pana paññattiṭṭhānaṃ na paññāyati, kevalaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamāse…pe… nikkhipitu’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ, taṃ kasmāti ce? Paṭhamapaññattiyaṃ vuttanayeneva vattabbato avisesattā na vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kā ettha anupaññattīti? Ajjhokāseti. Ayamanupaññatti paññattiyampi atthīti ce? Atthi, taṃ pana okāsamattadīpanaṃ, dutiyaṃ cātuvassikamāsasaṅkhātakāladīpanaṃ. Yasmā ubhayampi ekaṃ kālokāsaṃ ekato katvā ‘‘ajjhokāse’’ti vuttanti dīpento bhagavā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave…pe… nikkhipitu’’nti āhāti veditabbaṃ. Teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘yattha ca yadā ca santharituṃ na vaṭṭati, taṃ sabbamidha ajjhokāsasaṅkhyameva gatanti veditabba’’nti. Hemantakālassa anāpattisamayattā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ nidānānapekkhanti siddhaṃ, tathā hi ajjhokāsapadasāmatthiyena ayaṃ viseso – vassānakāle ovassakaṭṭhāne ajjhokāse, maṇḍapādimhi ca na vaṭṭati. Hemantakāle pakatiajjhokāse na vaṭṭati, sabbamidha ovassakepi maṇḍapādimhi vaṭṭati, tañca kho yattha himavassena senāsanaṃ na temeti, gimhakāle pakatiajjhokāsepi vaṭṭati, tañca kho akālameghādassaneyevāti ayaṃ viseso ‘‘aṭṭha māse’’ti ca ‘‘avassikasaṅkete’’ti ca etesaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ sāmatthiyatopi siddho.
110.“此戒为世尊所立,专门为比库制定”。论及“有戒条,亦有无戒条之分”,此处“无戒条”已获认证。关于《此戒之戒条》“允许于第八月放下”的说法,却无明确戒条基础,仅仅此语而已。那么,何以证此?首个戒条未明规定与此有别。若此则为何称为无戒条?答案:现今之“无戒条”指此前述戒条之含义,亦指四季中第八个月限定之时间。因皆统一为一个时间曰“第八月”。世尊以此言语为证,告知“我可以于八月放下戒条”,应当知晓。于本注疏中(疑问之初部分,第一僧舍戒条说明)记载:“在不能修正之时,皆归于现今第八月数目中应知。”冬季禁戒时期有此戒条认定,因该月名适应;夏季雨安居时持此戒条不适用,夏季虽安居,因雨安居处不在此;冬季如无禁戒,于雨季安居时却适用,因实为非时云遮应效力。此为特色,故称“八月”及“雨安居标示”二词,其分别均证成立。
Kiñca bhiyyo – aṭṭhakathāyaṃ sandassitavisesova. Cammādinā onaddhako vā navavāyimo vā na sīghaṃ vinassati. Kāyānugatikattāti kāye yattha, tattha gatattā. Saṅghikamañcādimhi kāyaṃ phusāpetvā viharituṃ na vaṭṭatīti dhammasiritthero. ‘‘Saṅghikaṃ pana ‘ajjhokāsaparibhogena paribhuñjatha, bhante, yathāsukha’nti dāyakā denti senāsanaṃ, evarūpe anāpattī’’ti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vacanato, idha ca paṭikkhepābhāvato vaṭṭati. ‘‘Aññañca evarūpanti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Pādaṭṭhānābhimukhāti nisīdantassa pādapatanaṭṭhānābhimukhā’’ti likhitaṃ. Sammajjantassa pādaṭṭhānābhimukhanti ācariyassa takko.
且更深入——本注疏中特别举例说明。因皮革制品之破损物,或新风破坏,非瞬间损毁。所谓“身随处移”,即身体随所处之地而定。于僧舍铺设席垫者,不应于身体上盘坐,律藏长老称:“于僧舍因‘放松八月戒受用’,如获许可,允许护持,属此无犯戒。”在阿难注疏中亦有述及,由于无反对,故成立。虽有所谓“他人亦同此例”,细说之。“足着地”意指坐时脚掌触地位置之正直或侧向,依师长意旨。
§111
111.‘‘Pāduddhārenāti bahiupacāre ṭhitattā’’ti likhitaṃ. Gacchanti, dukkaṭaṃ dhammakathikassa viya. Kasmā na pācittiyaṃ? Pacchā āgatehi vuḍḍhatarehi uṭṭhāpetvā gahetabbato. Dhammakathikassa pana anuṭṭhapetabbattā. ‘‘Anāṇattiyā paññattiyampi tassa bhāro’’ti vuttaṃ.
第111条“出脚行为乃属于外部接触者”如此记载。如同恶法师出门行走。何故不算懊悔?因后来的年长者须起身唤起,方可取得。可是法师当遵守而不得忘失。曰:“其负担既来自不调和亦来自规定。”
§112
112.Pariharaṇeyevāti ettha gahetvā vicāraṇeti dhammasiritthero. Attano santakakaraṇeti upatissatthero. Bījanīpattakaṃ caturassabījanī.
第112条“仅限避免”者,即此处取,作思考用;称其为自我限制者,为那位主治长老。使用的是四足种子牌(如筹码象征)。
§113
113. ‘‘Yo bhikkhu vā sāmaṇero vā…pe… lajjī hotī’ti vuttattā alajjiṃ āpucchitvā gantuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Pāṭhe ‘‘kenaci palibuddhaṃ hotī’’ti ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘palibuddha’’nti ca senāsanaṃyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ, tasmā tathāpi atthīti gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Anāpucchaṃ vā’’ti pāṭho.
第113条“若比库或沙玛内拉……生起羞耻”如是说。未经询问即要止步,不得前往,这是所说。经中复言“某者生愚昧”此义,注疏里乃就愚昧一词的通用含义加以说明,因此应依上下文而把握其义。经文亦有“未曾询问者”之说法。
Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一住处学处注释完毕。
5. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā6. 第二住处学处注释
§116-7
116-7.Ettakameva vuttamaṭṭhakathāsu, tathāpi padaṭṭhādayopi labbhanti eva. Anugaṇṭhipade ‘‘aññaṃ attharaṇādi akappiyattā na vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā vihāre vā vihārūpacāre vā’ti imināpi saṃsandanatthaṃ ‘kiñcāpi vutto, atha kho’tiādi āraddha’’nti ca vuttaṃ. Upacāramattañcetaṃ ‘‘rukkhamūle’’ti, tattha vattabbaṃ natthi.
第116-117条,此虽简略点明,却在词句出处处皆可见。论述连词处写到“他人帮忙之处非法定禁止”。亦有“寝床或住处,或因居住等行为”以此表示所证事,继以“若某事被言说,即则……”等哉。惟此仅限于接触行为中“在树根处”,此处不宜多作说明。
§118
118.Anāpucchitvāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭatīti asatiyā gacchatopi anāpatti, āpucchanaṃ pana vattaṃ sañcicca anāpucchato vattabhedadukkaṭattā. Puggalikasenāsane saṅghikaseyyaṃ, saṅghikasenāsane vā puggalikaseyyaṃ attharitvā gacchantassa dukkaṭaṃ yuttaṃ viya. Kasmā? ‘‘Seyyāmattameva nasseyyā’’ti vuttattā. Idha pana ‘‘palibuddhaṃ palibuddho’’ti duvidhampi atthi.
第118条,即便未经询问而去亦可,谓依不实之谬误,虽往亦不构成违犯,但若有所询问,则断然不应越界,因违犯与询问无关而生诸恶。若论个人之禁戒于是僧团之犯戒,或僧团之犯戒于是个人,俱应因当地情况而止,此似恶亦应戒。何以故?言曰:“因度仅限此程度。”此处关于“愚昧者生愚昧”有二种含义。
Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二住处学处注释完毕。
6. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā7. 侵夺学处注释
§121
121. Chabbaggiyesuyeva therā bhikkhūti keci. Pāde dhovitvātiādimhi pavisantassa vā pādadhovanapāsāṇato yāva mañcapīṭhaṃ passāvatthāya nikkhamantassa vā yāva passāvaṭṭhānanti yojanā kātabbā. Evaṃ sante ‘‘passāvatthāya nikkhamantassa vā’’ti na vattabbaṃ, ‘‘passāvaṭṭhānato nikkhamantassa vā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Passāvaṭṭhānanti katthaci potthake. Tathā hi mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. anupakhajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘pavisantassa pādadhovanapāsāṇato yāva mañcapīṭhaṃ nikkhamantassa mañcapīṭhato yāva passāvaṭṭhānaṃ, tāva upacāro’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘pāde dhovitvā pavisantassa, passāvatthāya nikkhamantassa ca dvāre nikkhittapādadhovanapāsāṇato, passāvaṭṭhānato ca mañcapīṭha’’nti katthaci potthake pāṭho, so apāṭho. Kasmā? Mañcapīṭhānaṃ upacārassa vuttattā. Pavisantassa yāva mañcapīṭhānaṃ upacāro, nikkhamantassa tato paṭṭhāya yāva passāvaṭṭhānaṃ vaccakuṭicaṅkamaṭṭhānanti iminā atthena yathā saṃsandati, tathāvidho pāṭhoti ācariyo.
第121条 列举像六十几位长老比库。如“足已洗净”等指进入时的礼仪,如自足上之石头到床座、视线所及的出入处等距离必须量度。故此不应只说“视线所及者出入时”,须说“视线范围之处出入时也”,此有说法出处。正如论述表中(疑惑、八、指背皈依戒教学)记载:“当进入者从足上洗净石头处到床铺,再从床铺到视线范围处,即是接触。”由此故某处文献叙“足已洗净后进,视线所及之处及门口置足洗净石头处,再由视线所在再至床铺”等作法,是不正确者。何故?因床铺之接触被明说。进入者在床铺处的接触,起身者从此处到视线范围,是表达含义,与此相符便是正训,师长如是说。
§122
122.Upacāraṃ ṭhapetvāti idha vuttaupacāraṃ ṭhapetvā. ‘‘Dassanasavanūpacārepi santharantassā’’ti likhitaṃ.
122. 关于“设置近行”,此处所说的“设置近行”,是记载为『用观察与倾听的近行加以遮断』。
Anupakhajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 侵夺学处注释完毕。
7. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā8. 拖出学处注释
§126-7
126-7.Chasattakoṭṭhakāni vāti ettha dvārakoṭṭhakaṃ adhippetaṃ. ‘‘Nikkhamā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvāpi attano ruciyā nikkhamati, anāpatti; idha aggisālādi eva upacāroti.
126-127. 关于“三百藏”,此处指的是以门藏为首的集部。即使听见“出门”这句话,依其意愿而出门,不生过失;此时所谓近行,仅指火堂等处的近行。
Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 驱出学处注释完。
8. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、楼上小屋学处注释
§129
129. ‘‘Pamāṇamajjhimassa galappamāṇe dinnatulāpi vehāsakuṭiyevā’’ti likhitaṃ, ‘‘na sā idha adhippetā’’ti vuttaṃ.
129. 记载中有“中等尺度的脸掌尺寸,和分秤一样大小”,但却说“此处并无此规定”。
Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 楼上小屋学处注释完。
9. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、大住处学处注释
§135
135.Yāvadvārakosāti dvārasamīpā, yāva bhittīti attho, taṃ suvuttaṃ. Kavāṭavitthārappamāṇoti hatthapāsassādhippetattā, samantā kavāṭavitthārappamāṇaupacārassa gahitattā aparipūraupacārāpi hoti. Ālokaṃ karotīti ālokaṃ sandheti pidhetīti sandhi eva ālokasandhināmakā honti. Vātapānakavāṭalepakamme appaharitaṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi.
135. “范围至门边”,意谓至门附近,和至墙边之意,这一点说得很明确。所谓门扇开启的尺寸,是通过用手铐测量所决定的;门扇开启尺寸的近行也包括,但若未完全执行的近行亦算。所谓“发光”,是指光线交接闭合,因此“交接”本身被称为“光线交接”。在抵御风寒、防止风穴等门缝涂抹中,并不存在移除其所在。
§136
136.Iṭṭhakāti chadanakapālāsilādiiṭṭhakā. Chadanūparīti ettha paṭhamaṃ tāva ekavāraṃ aparisesaṃ chādetvā puna chādanadaṇḍake bandhitvā dutiyavāraṃ tatheva chādetabbaṃ. ‘‘Tatiyavāracatutthavāre sampatte dve magge adhiṭṭhahitvā tatiyamaggaṃ āṇāpetvā pakkamitabba’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ ‘‘punappunaṃ chādāpetī’’ti iminā yujjati.
136. “屋瓦”指的是覆盖物的瓦片等。所谓覆瓦之义,是在第一次覆盖时,要完整覆盖一次,之后再用固定木棍绑住,再第二次以同样方式覆盖。“第三次、第四次期间到达时,需依次压住两条索具,压住第三索具后才可离开”,此规定是说要不断重复覆盖以保持稳固。
Porāṇā pana ‘‘paṭhamavāreyeva tayo magge adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati, catutthato paṭṭhāya āpatti pācittiyaṃ, catutthalepato paṭṭhāya āpattī’’ti vadanti. Tattha chadane vuttavidhinidānena sameti, lepe vuttavidhitikacchedena sameti. Tathāpi so na yuttova. Nidāne, aṭṭhakathāyañca siddhalepattā sabbasovāpi acchanne, channevāpi anekaso pariyāyassa tatiyasseva adhiṭṭhānanti no sametīti ācariyo. ‘‘Dve magge’’ti, ‘‘dve chadane’’ti ca ‘‘tatiyavārato paṭṭhāya evaṃ chādāpehī’ti āṇāpetvā pakkamitabba’’nti ca upatissatthero vadati kira.
旧说则认为“第一期内须固定三根索具,第四次方可拆除,否则为犯巴吉帝亚罪,第四期拆除同理”,此乃依据旧有覆瓦与涂抹规定。尽管如此,主张不当。导师论与注疏皆认为皆有充分覆瓦及涂抹者视为固定,亦即只需覆盖即可,不必反复定索条。传说中有人说“须在第三索具内覆盖两根索具”,但不合适。上座长老辩称应依次压住两条索具,压住第三索具后离开方为适当。
Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 大住处学处注释完。
10. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、有生命物学处注释
§140
140. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
140. 「修习持戒六根法」指的是在崇高的目的上。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena bhūtagāmavaggo dutiyo. · 依注释次第,第二植物品已圆满。
3. Ovādavaggo
3. 训诫品
1. Ovādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、教诫学处注释
§144
144.Kathānusārenāti yo bhikkhunovādakatthiko kiṃsīlo kiṃsamācāro katarakulā pabbajitotiādi kathānusārenāti attho. Saggamaggagamanepīti api-saddena mokkhagamanepi. ‘‘Lakkhaṇappaṭivedhapaṭisaṃyutto’’ti aṭṭhagarudhammānusārena vattabbaṃ dhammakathaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
144. 「依次顺说」者,谓比库尼训诫时,为了说明有关戒律、行为、所属僧团、出家等事项,循序渐进地讲述其意。譬如描述天道与道途之往来,亦即传以解脱之正道,着重于依八法行说,亦即依八种法相作详细说明,从而开展应行的法义,阐发教理。
§145-147
145-147.Nissīmanti vihāre baddhasīmato aññaṃ abaddhasīmaṃ, gāmasīmādinti attho. ‘‘Supinantenapī’’ti na sabbesanti idha bāhullanayena vuttaṃ. Chabbaggiyā hi keci vīsativassāpi atthi atirekavīsativassāpīti iminā imaṃ majjhimabodhikāle paññattanti viññāyati. ‘‘Sīlavā hotī’’ti vatvā tassa catubbidhattā idha adhippetasīlameva dassetuṃ ‘‘pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Gaṇṭhānugaṇṭhipadesu ‘‘satisaṃvarādayo idha nādhippetā, tena vibhaṅgapāṭhaṃ dasseti aṭṭhakathācariyo’’ti vuttaṃ. Atthatoti pāḷiatthato. Kāraṇatoti kāraṇūpapattito, aṭṭhakathātoti adhippāyo. Atha vā kāraṇatoti dhammato, tena atthato dhammatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā atthatoti phalato. ‘‘Kāraṇatoti hetuto. Dhammapadampi jātakena sahā’’ti likhitaṃ. Pañhaṃ kathetunti ‘‘pañhaṃ puṭṭho kathetī’’ti ettha bhikkhuniyā puṭṭhena ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti na sakkā kathetuṃ. ‘‘Na kho pana taṃ bhagavanta’’nti pāṭho. ‘‘Na kho paneta’’nti ca likhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. ‘‘Kāsāyavatthavasanāyā’’ti vacanato pārājikāyapi na vaṭṭati. Bhikkhuniyā kāyasaṃsaggameva vuttaṃ. Methunena hi bhikkhunīdūsako hoti.
145-147. 「界限」示意受约束者的住处范围,即受约束界限;又称村野界限,意指居住于村落之间的约束范围。虽称为「躺卧者亦然」,但非人人均是如此,该说法出自证据广泛的论述。确实有些尊长活至二十五年或更长,以此此中作中期说明。宣称「有戒者」,并且赋予四类之分別,应显示此处所述正是戒律中的守护,即《巴提摩卡》的保持等。论述中经由章节与词汇解释,表明「念的守护」等概念并非约束之由,而为释经师所揭示的内容。又论义即是基本意义,原因则是解释因缘;注疏引用的是解释加成。或者因缘指法的缘起,故言「义」为果。因缘即缘由。《法句经》亦载此义,提出问题时问答「不知」而不作答,此处亦如此。又以「钦染着袈裟衣」之语虽为巴拉吉戒,但比库尼身染色欲,则犯戒疏见,因夫妻之故被指为辱尼者。
§148-9
148-9. Bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannā nāma parivattaliṅgā, pañcasatā sākiyāniyo vā. ‘‘Dhammadesanāpattimocanatthaṃ panā’’ti vacanato mātugāmaggahaṇena sabbattha bhikkhunīsaṅgahaṃ gacchatīti siddhaṃ. Bhikkhuniggahaṇena pana mātugāmo tiriyaṃ taraṇasikkhāpade (pāci. 187-190) saṅgahito, na aññattha. ‘‘Osāretabbā’’ti pāḷipāṭho, pāḷi osāretabbāti attho . ‘‘Osāretabba’’nti aṭṭhakathāpāḷi. Ekasmiṃ ṭhāne vandite dosābhāvato bahūsu ekāya vandite vaṭṭatīti ce? Bhikkhūhi kattabbaṃ natthi, bhikkhuniyāyeva kattabbaṃ, tasmā na vaṭṭati . ‘‘Yattha katthaci nisinnāyāti antodvādasahatthe nisinnāyā’’ti vadanti. Na nimantitā hutvā gantukāmāti nimantitā hutvā gantukāmā bhikkhū idha nādhippetā, vassaṃ upagantukāmāva adhippetāti attho. Yato panāti bhikkhunīvihārato. Tatthāti bhikkhunīvihāre. Kiñcāpi ‘‘ovādadāyakā bhikkhū’’ti vacanato ovādadāyakeheva sabhikkhuko āvāso hoti, na sabbehīti āpanno, tathāpi asati bhikkhunovādake ovādasaṃvāsānaṃ atthāya yācanatthāya avassaṃ gantabbattā aññehipi bhikkhūhi sabhikkhukopi sabhikkhuko evāti veditabbo. Sā rakkhitabbāti vassacchedāpatti rakkhitabbā. Kasmā? Āpadāsu hītiādi. ‘‘Ayaṃ uposatho cātuddasikoti pucchitabba’’nti vuttaṃ, tampi terasiyaṃyeva, etarahi pana bhikkhuniyo cātuddasiyaṃyeva gantvā ‘‘kadā ayya uposatho’’ti pucchanti. ‘‘Jāyāyo vā jāriyo vā’’ti adhippāyena vuttaṃ kira. ‘‘Gaccheyya ce, āpattī’’ti pāṭho. Dve tissoti dvīhi tīhi. Ekato āgatānaṃ vasena ‘‘tāhī’’ti bahuvacanaṃ vuttanti adhippāyo. ‘‘Ekā bhikkhunī vā bahū bhikkhunī vā bahūhi bhikkhunupassayehi ovādatthāya pesitā’’ti vacanassa vitthāro ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅgho ca ayya bhikkhuniyo cā’’tiādinā vutto. ‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅgho ca ayya bhikkhuniyo cā’tiādi nānāupassayehi pesitāya vacana’’nti ca ‘‘aparipuṇṇasaṅghapuggalanānāvāsadutiyavacanavasena pañcakkhattuṃ upasaṅkamanaṃ vutta’’nti ca likhitaṃ. Yasmiṃ āvāse pātimokkhuddeso na pavattati, tatthāpi yācanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā punadivase yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tena ‘‘natthi koci bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammato’’tiādi vattabbaṃ. Atthi ce sammato, niddisitabbo. ‘‘Sayameva ce sammato, aha’nti vattabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Sace sammato vā ovādapaṭiggāhako vā pātimokkhaṃ uddisati, aññena ārocāpetabbanti eke, ‘‘attanāpi ārocetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vadanti. Kesuci potthakesu ‘‘ayyānaṃ pavāretī’’ti likhitaṃ, evaṃ sati ‘‘ayyassa pavāremī’’ti vattabbaṃ, potthake natthi.
148-149. 比库入僧后,名为庆祝仪式「转衣」,约有五百僧人参加「世间贤人仪式」(sākīyānīya)。以「为解除说法障碍」之意,若以母族乡土之缘故而前往,也能与比库尼集会相合而行,这是既定法。以比库尼集会为例,母族乡土亦被纳入回返与出家持戒训练的范围,这是广泛的。巴利文中「驱除」一词指令停止、不许离开。于某处受礼敬,由于愚痴多数,敬礼只作一人礼敬,理应如此。比库之事无此义,唯比库尼行此礼故为当。说有日常就坐十二时辰。非邀请前来,而为有所求而前来,故称前来为欲共处,乃至比库并不期待与比库尼同处而仅限于比库尼,是识别标志。雨季停车应当维护节制罩盖,何以?因遇大难等缘故。有人问「此斋日为何为十四日制」,文献中明确如此。而此时比库尼亦仅依十四日行斋,时有询问「何日为尊者斋日」,经规定曰「孕产期」等。所谓有二个至三个,是所载的解释。一方是初至者按宿,使用复数,示意群体。谓一个或多位比库尼由多处邀请而赴会,旨在训诫。虽非所有,但仍认为如此有其道理。训诫来自比库尼僧团,亦即源自多方相约派遣之语。又云若集合住所无巴提摩卡训诫教导,即使请求接纳,次日由接受者以言确定「无法承认某比库具训诫资格」,如此应当处理。若受认可,则应谴责;若出于自愿,则说「我自愿承认」,若受认可或受训诫者宣讲戒律,则他人应劝止。部分文献著作中载有「尊者宴会解禁」语,若持之,应说「尊者被解禁」而非文献中无记载。
Ovādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 教诫学处注释已结束。
2. Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、日没学处注释
§153
153.Munātīti jānāti. Antaradhāyatipīti ettha taduttamaṃ ce atthi, taṃ passāmi, yaṃ vicittaṃ vā, tadatthañca. Taggha kāraṇaṃ. Saha uppādamanantarā kiriyā. Yamā ca te manasā katatra netvāti. Yathā pāto siyā pāto bhavaṃ pātova udakato uggantvā ṭhitaṃ, tathā virocamānaṃ aṅgīrasaṃ buddhaṃ passa, na kevalaṃ padumaṃ viya, virocamānaṃ tapantamādiccamivantalikkheti sambandho. Atha vā aṅgīrasaṃ buddhaṃ padumaṃva virocamānaṃ sūriyaṃva tapantaṃ passa buddhaṃ. Yathā pāto siyā phullamavītagandhaṃ kokanudasaṅkhātaṃ padumaṃ passasi, tathā virocamānaṃ aṅgīrasaṃ buddhaṃ passa. Ubhayeneva hi bhagavato kanti dīpitāti katvā dīpitaguṇasubhaṃ buddhaṃ sakkatvā taṃ kantiṃ pūjeyya. Pūjaneyyatopi vītināmeyya iti lakkhaye. ‘‘Ekato upasampannāyā’’ti pāḷi.
153. 「知为圣者」指的是。若此处有所失落,能见者则见其内涵意趣。于修行相继而言,是因缘。与之生起之后立即有因缘作用。此有心所意引导如是。譬如莲花出水而立,如同光辉的仙树般照耀如来,非仅仅如莲花般,且似日光烈焰激烈。或如仙树光辉如日光烤炙燃烧者。在水中莲花开洁净且芬芳浓郁,观察圣者也如此。因为如来两边放光都持称,故当尊敬佛光明。虽可礼敬亦当综合看待。说明此为「一次灌顶」等义务,巴利经文如是述说。
§156
156. ‘‘Ekato upasampannāna’’nti aṭṭhakathāpāṭho. ‘‘Abhabbo tva’’ntiādivacanato anukampāvasena saddhivihārikādiṃ saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhāpentassa anāpatti viya dissati. Abhabbo hi thero sañcicca taṃ kātuṃ, gavesitabbāva ettha yuttīti keci. Therena sikkhāpadapaññattito pubbe katanti mama takko.
第156条:“一处达上戒者”谓注疏文句。缘起“不可行”等词,以慈悲之心,诸信行僧住僧房而对违犯者无过错之类,显现不加惩罚之状况。有人认为,长老不能自己完成此事,应当调查,因而主张此为可行之事。按长老曾受戒行为规定,昔时如此行,为我所知。
Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 日没学处注释已结束。
3. Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、比库尼住处学处注释
§162
162. ‘‘Ekarattampi vasantī’’ti (pāci. 161) vacanato yattha rattiyaṃ na vasanti, tattha gantvā ovadituṃ vaṭṭatīti eke. Yadi evaṃ saṅketaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā ovadituṃ vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ. ‘‘Tato addhayojaneyeva sabhikkhuko āvāso icchitabbo’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Bhikkhunovādako ce addhayojanaṃ gantvā ovaditukāmo hoti, bhikkhunisaṅgho ca addhayojanaṃ gantvā sotukāmo, ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, tañca na vuttaṃ, tasmā na vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhimaparicchedena pana ‘‘ekarattampī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tato paṭṭhāya upassayaṃ hoti, na upassayasaṅkhepena katamattenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yattha vāsūpagatā bhikkhuniyo, so upassayasaṅkhyaṃ gacchati, tattha na gantvā ovādo dātabbo. Ekāvāse divā vaṭṭatīti eke, vicāretvā yuttataraṃ gahetabbaṃ.
第162条:“即使只住一夜”意指某处夜间不住宿者,可赴彼处劝戒,故一说如此。若坚决前往该地劝戒,则属成立。然“于两由旬处僧舍应当居住”则不该说法。若比库出于劝诫比库尼之意,前往两由旬地,比库尼社亦愿赴此听诫,则可说为“应当”,但此说未被记载,故不可说是。下章节却有“即使只住一夜”之说,是因其设时与意义不同。该处指夜宿比库尼住处之处所,若比库尼已入宿处,则不必往彼劝戒。若指一昼夜内住宿,则一说成立,应取较当者。
Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 比库尼住处学处的解释完毕。
4. Āmisasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、利养学处的解释
§164
164. ‘‘Upasampannaṃ saṅghena asammata’’nti pāḷivacanato, ‘‘sammatena vā saṅghena vā bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanato ca aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato sammatena vā vippavasitukāmena ‘‘yāvāhaṃ āgamissāmi, tāva te bhāro hotū’’ti yācitvā ṭhapito, tassābhāvato saṅghena vā tatheva bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito aṭṭhahi garudhammehi ovadituṃ labhati, pageva aññena dhammenāti siddhaṃ. ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu asammato bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiya’’nti pageva bhāraṃ katvā aṭṭhapitaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Abhayagirivāsīnampi idameva mataṃ, anugaṇṭhipade pana imaṃ nayaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘natthi kocī’’tiādinā ‘‘etarahi ovādako asammato bhikkhunovādako nāmā’’ti vatvā ‘‘yaṃ pana andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ ‘upasampannaṃ saṅghena kammavācāya asammataṃ, bhikkhusaṅghena pana bhikkhunisaṅghassa anuggahaṃ karotha, bhikkhuniyo ovadatha, bhikkhusaṅghassa ca karotha phāsuvihāranti evaṃ yācitvā ṭhapito bhikkhusaṅghaṃ āpucchitvā, tato so thero bhikkhuniyo ovadati, evarūpaṃ bhikkhusaṅghena asammatanti, tatra vuttanayeneva attho gahetabbo’’ti vuttaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘asammato gāmaṃ ovādatthāya āgatānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā paṭivacanaṃ dento saṅghānumatiyā, na ñatticatutthenā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ anugaṇṭhipadamatena sameti, andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttavacanaṃ tena sameti, tañca pāḷivacanaṃ, na hi ovādapaṭiggāhako, pātimokkhuddesako vā ‘‘pāsādikena sampādetū’’ti vacanamattena bhikkhunovādako nāma hoti. Hotīti ce, anupasampannopi tattakena vacanena ‘‘bhikkhunovādako hotū’’ti vattabbo. Hotīti ce, yaṃ vuttaṃ gaṇṭhānugaṇṭhipadesu ‘‘asammato nāma asammatabhāvena ‘bahussuto tvaṃ ovadāhī’ti saṅghena bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito’’ti. Ettha bāhusaccena kiṃ payojanaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipadeyeva ‘‘abhayagirivāsī vadatīti sutvā sammatena vā āṇatto ovadituṃ labhatīti dhammasiritthero pacchā anujānātī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiṃ bahukāya. ‘‘Pāsādikena sampādetū’’ti ettakamattena bhikkhunovādako hoti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘bhāraṃ katvā’’ti iminā kiṃ payojanaṃ, tattakampi vattuṃ añño na labhati, tena ca ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ṭhapetvā bālaṃ gilānaṃ gamikaṃ avasesehi ovādaṃ gahetu’’nti (cūḷava. 414) ayaṃ pāḷi virujjheyya. Kathaṃ? Tassa hi ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ovādo na paccāharitabbo’’ti (cūḷava. 415) canato sammatāsammatabhāvena natthi kocīti ‘‘pāsādikena sampādetū’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, vadanto ca idha paṭhamena āpattiyā kāretabbo hotīti. Hotu asammatattā, akatabhārattā ca. Imassa ca bhikkhunovādakatte imassa khīyanena dukkaṭaṃ siyā, sabbametaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ayamettha bhikkhunovādako nāmā’’ti avuttattā tathā bhāraṃ katvā ṭhapito ovadituṃ labhatiyeva, nāññoti ācariyo.
第164条:“经上戒律僧团所不赞成”之巴利词,及注疏说法谓:“以合意僧众或群体立愿,由此立愿至我来临为止,此愿当承当。”若此愿未成,则由僧众作此愿,并以八项重法劝戒,可说生效,且此为他法广行之理路而成就。然若对未获大众同意而劝谏比库尼者,属犯巴吉帝亚戒。阿拜基利山居者亦持此义。后派则弃此旧义,以“无一人”及“此时不赞成劝戒者”为由,谓“此时劝戒者不为不赞成比库尼劝戒者”,故不属不赞成劝戒者。旧派则云:“不赞成为村民劝戒者,听其言而应答,付托僧团许可,但非巴吉帝亚之四分戒。”此见解与前派会合,且合于巴利原文。劝戒者非收戒导师,不应取其言“以恩德导成”,故称为“劝戒者”。若未达上戒者亦以此言称劝戒者,应为讲说方便语句。又所记载各派论著云“劝诫者已同意或乃群体同意者方能劝戒”,此后德师亦准此说。以“以恩德导成”为其义理。注疏中“作承当”所指为何理,则唯有“承愿立誓”等忏悔法,由此故云“愿当承当”,出于教义必须。若言“可劝戒”,则指教律上,此处言“承承当”乃就“劝戒众中非违戒者之德”而言。第小瓦萨注疏(414、415)云“不应收回劝戒”,此句非赞成反对判断,即应以恩德导成功。故说应作此,若不作,则为违规,不宜劝戒。此不赞同劝戒及不承当戒之行为,故称“不赞成劝戒者”,此称谓初出注疏,因须作承当,故用“承担”一词劝戒。释师无他见解。
Āmisasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 利养学处的解释完毕。
5. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā五、施衣学处的解释
§169
169.Sādiyissasīti pucchā.
169.『你会接受吗』——这是一个问句。
Cīvaradānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 施衣学处的解释完毕。
6. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā六、缝衣学处的解释
§176
176.Vañcetvāti ‘‘tava ñātikāyā’’ti avatvā ‘‘ekissā bhikkhuniyā’’ti ettakameva vatvā, te hi ‘‘ekissā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvā aññātikāya santakasaññino sibbesuṃ. Imasmiṃ sikkhāpade ‘‘cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvara’’nti ettakameva pāḷi, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘cīvaranti yaṃ nivāsetuṃ vā pārupituṃ vā’’tiādi. ‘‘Vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti ca likhitaṃ, so pamādalekho.
第176条 关于“放弃”解释曰:“是‘你的亲戚’”,叙称“一名比库尼”,仅限是称谓,因听其‘是一名’之言,误以为其为亲戚而互相亲昵。于此学戒中“衣服是覆盖物,衣服中某一件”之意仅限至此,巴利语中衣服谓“用于覆盖或披挂之物”。又题“经文背写误入异文”,为错误抄录记。
Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 衣缝学处注释完毕。
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā7. 约定学处注释
§181
181. Tā bhikkhuniyo dūsayiṃsūti vipariṇāmo kātabbo.
第181条 “那些比库尼作恶行。”系指应作否定转变之行为。
§182-4
182-4.Sampadantīti padasā gacchanti. Vuttanayenevāti ‘‘sampatanti etthāti sampāto’’tiādinā. Padagate upacāro na labbhati, accāsannattā missaṃ viya hotīti. Kukkuṭavassitaparicchinno mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. ‘‘Tampi vohārenā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Yebhuyyena tathā sanniveso hotīti katvā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā na pamādalekho’’ti ca, ‘‘ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ, tato uddhaṃ addhayojanalakkhaṇasampattaṃ nāma hotīti gahetabba’’nti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kappiyabhūmi kirāyaṃ…pe… na vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Duddasañhettha kāraṇaṃ. Kataraṃ pana tanti? ‘‘Gacchāmāti saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘gacchāmā’’ti vattamānavacanantañca, amagge bhikkhunupassayādimhi na sambhavatiyeva manussānaṃ antaragharādimhi maggasaṅkhepagamanato, uccāsayanādiuppattiṭṭhānattā ca. Na titthiyaseyyāya vā pabbajitāvāsattā. Dvāreti samīpatthe bhummaṃ, tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ puna ‘‘rathikāyā’’ti āha. Sesaaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘etthantare saṃvidahitepi bhikkhuno dukkaṭa’’nti āgatattā na sameti. ‘‘Gāmantare’’ti vacanato aññagāmassa upacārokkamane eva āpatti. ‘‘Addhayojane’’ti vacanato atikkamaneyeva yuttaṃ.
182-4.「Sampadanti」者,谓词步入、进入。如经中所说,此处有云『sampatanti etthāti sampāto』等,意即「词汇行进」之义。词首处的招呼、呼应行为无从获得,因距离较远,宛若亲疏未达,故而不能视作招呼。此段为《大注疏》中章节所述,有记载曰:“此处已宣示。”所言“yebhuyyena tathā sanniveso hotīti”者,乃依此章节所载因此不应为疏漏笔录。又有言曰:“以上部章节记载,继之以上两组连结之标记名曰『sampattaṃ』。”遂当采纳此义。又记载称:“不应认为该地不适宜租赁之田地。”此乃经文难辨之处。若问原因何在?文中答曰:“谓‘gacchāmāti’是随行管理,适逢违法故生难处。”在此,“gacchāmā”为今人所用之言,然在比库观察诸处等处,非是人间境内自觉行进,亦非意气扬扬居处禅房等故,非乡域寺院或剃度住处。二者出于近处之土地,故复言「rathikāyā」。余下注疏云:“即使在此处彼比库因随行管理仍生违犯。”“gāmantare”一语者,谓向异地进出视为违犯。谓“addhayojane”一语时,谓越界而行尚可接受。
§185
185.Raṭṭhabhedeti vilope. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ‘‘tayopi saṅketā kāladivasamaggavasena, tattha pacchimeneva āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Iminā maggenā’’ti vissajjetvā aññena gacchanti ce, āpattiyevāti attho.
185.“Raṭṭhabheda”是省略用法。旧版词集有云:“其亦为标记,按日期顺序,若违犯处于彼西乡,亦视为违犯。”即若舍此路径而改走他路,则视为违犯之意。
Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 约定学处注释完毕。
8. Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā8. 登船学处注释
§189
189. Nadiyā kuto gāmantaranti ce? ‘‘Yassā nadiyā’’tiādimāha. Gāmantaragaṇanāyāti yasmiṃ gāmatitthe āruḷho, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññagāmagaṇanāya. ‘‘Mātugāmopi idha saṅgahaṃ gacchatī’’ti ācariyassa takko, teneva ‘‘ubhayattha ekato upasampannāya dukkaṭaṃ, sikkhamānāya sāmaṇeriyā anāpattī’’ti ca na vuttaṃ. Eseva nayo aññesupi evarūpesu.
189.有人问:“‘河流从何而来,方属异乡?’”答曰:“是因依河流之界定为准。”所谓“gāmantaragaṇanā”者,以某地乡域为界限,立界而有统治,兼以此作他乡界分。又师注曰:“母乡亦同此理,因其均往返联系,且针对两处均由一方受戒者入学者与沙玛内莉无过失,不言过失。”对其它亦同理。
§191
191. ‘‘Lokassādamittasanthavavasena keḷipurekkhārā saṃvidahitvā’’ti vuttattā akusalacittaṃ lokavajjanti vattabbanti? Na vattabbaṃ, ‘‘keḷipurekkhārā’’ti vacanaṃ yebhuyyatāya vuttaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ca ‘‘tīṇi cittāni tisso vedanā’’ti vuttaṃ, saṃvidahanakāle vā keḷipurekkhāro bhikkhu saṃvidahati, āpatti bhikkhuno gāmantarokkamane, addhayojanātikkame vā. Kusalacitto vā hoti paccavekkhanto, cetiyādīni vā passanto, abyākatacitto vā hoti kilamathavasena niddāyantoti ticittāni gahitānīti veditabbā.
191.关于“按照世间共识状态设置的戏耍看守者”的说法,是否可视为恶意心态而应受谴责?不应如此解,因「keḷipurekkhāro」一语,乃基于实用性所用。旧版词集亦云:“三心即三种受感”,当管理时若戏耍看守者为比库而造成比库出入乡邻受违,或越两界,本无恶意失范;若反思则为善心,见诸庙宇等,或持未定义之心意,稍感困顿沉睡,盖三心皆已被观察收摄也。
Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 登船学处注释完毕。
9. Paripācitasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā9. 煮熟学处注释
§192
192.Ceṭaketi dārake. Taruṇapotaketi porāṇā. ‘‘Pāpabhikkhūnaṃ pakkhupacchedāya idaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmā pañca bhojaneyevāpatti vuttā’’ti likhitaṃ.
192.“Ceṭake”意为稚子;“Taruṇapota”意谓年长之子。注中写道:“恶劣比库之间的域界划分即以此而定,故云五种副食之违犯。”
§194-7
194-7.Nipphāditanti viññattiyā na hoti, kintu parikathādīhi, tasmā iminā sikkhāpadena anāpatti, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘sabbattha anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kathānusārena tattha pasīditvā denti, idaṃ paripācitaṃ na hoti, vaṭṭantī’’ti paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttattāti dhammasiritthero, upatissatthero pana ‘‘itarampi vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti āha. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘yasmā devadatto pakatiyā tattha bhikkhuniparipācitaṃ bhuñjati, tasmā imaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ nidānaṃ katvā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññatta’’nti vuttaṃ.
194-7.“Nipphāditanti”者,非因本身乃显现,而是因诸解释故。由此戒律称为无违之一含义。并据此戒第一则所述,谓“经口传承检验而认可,非熟成,不成立,遂扩展之”,为法义阐明。释义长老说法则有异,“又谓亦有诸他事际遇亦然。”旧版词集云:“因在修习者之间及比库食事时,得以熟成,故以此为戒律制定之因缘。”
Paripācitasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 遍熟学处注释完毕。
10. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、独坐学处注释
§198
198. ‘‘Upanandassa catutthasikkhāpadena cā’’ti pāṭho.
198. 『如是第四戒之言』之读。
Rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 独坐学处注释完毕。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena ovādavaggo tatiyo. · 依注释次第,教诫品第三完毕。
4. Bhojanavaggo
4. 食品品类
1. Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、住处食学处注释
§203-4
203-4.Pūgassāti pūgena. Kukkuccāyantoti nissaraṇenettha bhavitabbaṃ, taṃ mayaṃ na jānāmāti sanniṭṭhānassa karaṇavasena ‘‘kukkuccāyanto’’ti vuccati. Yathā hi āyasmā upāli nayaggāhena ‘‘anāpatti āvuso supinantenā’’ti (pārā. 78) āha, tathā theropi ‘‘anāpatti gilānassā’’ti kasmā na paricchindatīti? Anattādhikārattā vinayapaññattiyā, ‘‘nāyaṃ attano okāso’’ti paṭikkhittattā, sikkhāpadassa aparipuṇṇattā. Paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade paripuṇṇaṃ katvā paññatteyeva hi so thero ‘‘anāpatti supinantenā’’ti āha ‘‘aññatra supinantā’’ti vuttapadānusārenāti. Yasmā odissa ayāvadattheva dāyakānaṃ pīḷā natthi, tasmā ‘‘anodissa yāvadattho’’ti vuttaṃ.
203-204. 『Pūgassāti』谓『由门、孔』。『Kukkuccāyanto』者,须依『涅槃』义即灭尽义解,此于此处应作『出离』。『我不知』者,作为现行之表述,故称『kukkuccāyanto』(苦恼者)。正如长老伍巴离以引领义语『anāpatti āvuso supinantenā』(无过失,尊者,睡眠者如是),(巴利)以此为准则,长老亦言『anāpatti gilānassā』(无过失,病者如是),何以不受破戒?因非本人所有,乃基于律文之解义与排他性,即『此非其地』,判为戒律不完备故。于第一巴拉基戒满足而确定后,此长老即谓『无过失,非仅限于睡眠者』,依事例说明。因在乌迪沙地区未闻有取者胁迫,故立『非胁迫情形』为语境。
§208
208. ‘‘Antarāmagge ekadivasa’nti ekaṃyeva sandhāya vutta’’nti ca ‘‘eseva nayoti vuttanayameva dassetuṃ gantvā paccāgacchanto hītiādimāhā’’ti ca ‘‘suddhacitto hutvā pakatigamaneva bhuñjituṃ labhatī’’ti ca ‘‘agilānassa gilānasaññino kāyena samuṭṭhātī’’ti ca likhitaṃ.
208. 『在行间只一日』即只于一夜之间说与守。一切仅据结社规定时限而言。『此等乃引领法』,谓曰遵此说义,也有『遵初所言则返归以见其尽』之意。『清净心定住,随到修行食在即得』。『谓病者识病者,以身聚集』,此为书中记载言辞。
Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 住处食学处注释完毕。
2. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā2. 众食学处解释
§209-218
209-218.Guḷhapaṭicchannoti apākaṭova. Eko puttenāti ekassekaṃ bhattaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ aññena nimantito’’ti na vuccati. ‘‘Sace ekato gaṇhanti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hotī’’ti (pāci. aṭṭha. 217-218) vuttattā cattāro upāsakā cattāro bhikkhū visuṃ visuṃ nimantetvā hatthapāse ṭhitānaṃ ce denti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti evāti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ viya. ‘‘Viññattito pasavane gaṇassa ekato gahaṇe iminā sikkhāpadena āpatti, visuṃ gahaṇe paṇītabhojanasūpodanaviññattīhī’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Viññattito pasavanaṃ aṭṭhuppattivasena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ anuññātaṃ. Sūpodanādivasena tattha āpatti evā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na yuttaṃ. Kasmā? Parivāre (pari. 168) eva dvinnaṃ ākārānaṃ āgatattā, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anuññāta’’nti duvuttaṃ. Aṭṭhuppattiyaṃyeva pākaṭanti ‘‘padabhājane na vutta’’nti vattabbaṃ. Ekato gaṇhantīti gahitabhattāpi aññe yāva gaṇhanti, tāva ce tiṭṭhanti, ekato gaṇhantiyeva nāma. ‘‘Gacchati ce, anāpattī’’ti vadanti.
209-218. 『Guḷhapaṭicchannoti』谓如隐蔽般,非明示。一子者,即谓一份饭食,亦非谓他人之请。『若一人聚集食,则为群食』(巴利注释217-218)云:四居士、四比库各自轮流请,持手于侧者若自给以餐,则为群食。此谓一众不合诸义。对群中已知情况,群中某处有以此戒不净之犯戒及清净食供状态。『对已知禁戒,因群合条件之故,于巴利注释中称不允。』然为何?因《别集》(168)中记载有二种情况抵达,即于巴利注释中以不许之语。关于食物因不合戒律故为明显之犯,于巴利注释中明确指不允。若群聚食者互相食用,直至他人也食者,仍以群聚食视之。若前往该地,无犯戒言。
Etthāha – ‘‘paṭiggahaṇameva hettha pamāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ, atha kasmā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma yattha cattāro…pe… bhuñjanti, etaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ nāmā’’ti (pāci. 218) vuttanti? Vuccati – yatthāti upayogatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Cattāroti gaṇassa heṭṭhimaparicchedanidassanaṃ. Pañcannaṃ bhojanānanti āpattippahonakabhojananidassanaṃ. Aññatarena bhojanena nimantitāti akappiyanimantananidassanaṃ. Nimantanavaseneva pana gaṇabhojanassa vuttattā ‘‘nimantitā bhuñjantīti vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ viññāpetvā bhuñjantī’’ti pana na vuttaṃ aṭṭhuppattiyaṃyeva pākaṭattā. Yaṃ bhuñjantīti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Tattha bhuñjantīti paṭiggāhakaniyamavacanaṃ. Na hi appaṭiggahitakaṃ bhikkhū bhuñjanti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘gaṇassa yato paṭiggahitāhārabhojanahetu pācittiya’’nti. Āgantukapaṭṭaṃ moghasuttena sibbitvā ṭhapenti, tattha anuvāte yathā ekatalaṃ hoti, tathā hatthehi ghaṭṭeti. Valetīti āvaṭṭeti. Parivattananti suttaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ suttaparivattanaṃ karoti, paṭṭaṃ sibbantānaṃ sukhasibbanatthaṃ paṭṭaparivattanañca. Navacīvarakārako idhādhippeto, na itaroti. ‘‘Bimbisāraṃ āpucchitvā sambhāre kayiramāneyeva kālā atikkantā, pacchā gaṇabhojanasikkhāpade paññatte bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchī’’ti vadanti, aññathā aṭṭhakathāya virujjhanato.
此乃言『接纳者之数量即为标准』。然后,何以巴利释为『群聚食,即四人等共同进食之地所称』?此为实用称谓,指地的界定。『四』意谓即为群体边界之划分。『五种餐食』意谓易犯戒之餐食。于某餐非适宜迎接之食,则谓非正当之迎接。唯独于群聚食之中方论『已迎接并进食者』为语。然非谓他种食物皆视为进食迎接。即于此明确语境中,进食与迎接应辨析。于此,进食即谓接纳者所要求之仪式语义。因为未被接受者不被视为食用。此所以有语为:『于群中所接纳即为恶过缘由所定之巴吉帝亚罪』。迎接物以无益之诽谤诋毁而妄动者,续以一致,如一块瓦,手执盖之。『瓦』即覆以,『覆』即扭转,为群聚食者的为集体保护而转变的义。持瓦者护其免受害,群聚食之传递即持瓦。新僧衣之制作者即此主管,不他名义。『据宾比萨拉求询时於拿集正法之际时间已过,后来就群聚食戒章议定而禀于世尊问讯』,此文传达,如此,巴利释中含有不同,也有巴利释注随显不同之处。
§220
220. ‘‘Dve tayo ekatoti yepi akappiyanimantanaṃ sādiyitvā’’tiādivacanena akappiyanimantanapaccayā eva anāpatti, viññattito āpattiyevāti dīpeti. Animantito catuttho yassa tadetaṃ animantitacatutthaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Pavesetvāti nisīdāpetvā. Cīvaradānasamayaladdhakacatukkaṃ cīvarakārasamayaladdhakacatukkanti evamādīni. Tāni cāti yehi bhojanehi visaṅketo natthi, tāni. Mahāthereti upasampanne. Aṭṭhatvāti ṭhitena nimittaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Tattha tattha gantvāti rathikādīsu bhikkhusamīpe gantvā. Imasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade katthaci potthake ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaradānasamaye gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuñjituṃ. Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūna’’nti pāṭho dissati. Katthaci ‘‘bhuñjitu’’nti vatvā ‘‘evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti pāṭho, ayaṃ sobhano.
220. 关于“二者合一”或“三者合一之说,凡是承受不合宜邀请而共同食用者”,以此类语句说明仅因不合宜邀请而产生的过失,乃表明受罚是由于这个原因。未被邀请者即第四者,此处称之为未被邀请的第四者。此规范适用于一切情形。所谓“入座”是指使其坐下。至于布施僧衣或宴请时所赐的四种食物等,亦复如是。所谓“此等”是指不含于邀请范围之食物。所谓“大长老”指已受具足比库戒者。所谓“立定”则示现了合适之相。这里所说“往来”,是指乘车等由比库邻近出入。至于此戒法中某些经籍记载:“比库们,我许可于布施僧衣时共同宴饮。”此语句亦见。又有经卷云:“你们应当宴饮”,亦为可尊之文,此谓完美经文。
Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 众食学处解释已毕。
3. Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā3. 辗转食学处解释
§221
221.Adhiṭṭhitāti niccappavattā. Badaracuṇṇasakkarādīhi yojitaṃ badarasāḷavaṃ. Kirakammakārenāti kirassa kammakārena.
221. “长期稳固”意指持久维持。用泥灰等固着形成黏土土块。所谓“使命者”指代执行任务之人。
§226
226.‘‘Vikappetvā gaṇhāhī’’ti etthāhu porāṇattherā ‘‘bhagavato sammukhā avikappetvā gehato nikkhamitvā rathikāya aññatarassa bhikkhuno santike vikappesi, vikappentena pana ‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ itthannāmassa dammī’ti vattabbaṃ, itarena vattabbaṃ ‘tassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’’ti. Pañcasusahadhammikesūti sammukhā ṭhitassa sahadhammikassa yassa vikappetukāmo, taṃ sahadhammikaṃ adisvā gahaṭṭhassa vā santike, sayameva vā ‘‘pañcasu sahadhammikesu itthannāmassa vikappemī’’ti vatvā bhuñjitabbanti eke, evaṃ sati thero tasmiṃyeva nisinnova tathā vācaṃ nicchāretvā paṭiggaṇhātīti takko dissati. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana parammukhā vikappanāva vuttā, sā ‘‘tena hānanda, vikappetvā gaṇhāhī’’ti iminā sameti, tathāpi mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘tasmā yo bhikkhu pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa ‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī’ti vā ‘vikappemī’ti vā evaṃ sammukhā vā ‘itthannāmassa dammī’ti vā ‘vikappemī’ti vā evaṃ parammukhā vā’’ti vacanato sahadhammikassa santike eva vattabbaṃ, na sayamevāti dissati. Yasmā ayaṃ pacchimanayo porāṇagaṇṭhipadenapi sameti, tasmā idha mātikāṭṭhakathānusārena attho veditabbo. Ettha kiñcāpi ‘‘te manussā…pe… bhojanamadaṃsū’’ti vacanato akappiyanimantanaṃ paññāyati, tathāpi therassa kukkuccuppattikāraṇena bhattena so nimantitoti veditabbo. Aññathā parato ‘‘dve tayo nimantane ekato bhuñjatī’’ti vacanena, anāpattivārena ca virujjhati.
226. “经过变更后取用”一语,此处乃引古长老语云:“佛前者未曾变更者,出门之后在车夫或其他比库近旁,将其变更使用。所谓变更,是指‘我的饭食已归某名女'等说法。又应当说‘愿其食具由其亲属加以享用或依条件恰当使用’。在五位亲近修行者中,如有一人愿变更,应首先告知彼修行共伴,且对室友或近旁者曰‘我愿将此女名食物变更使用’后方可取用。若发起人此时尚在座,宜静默受纳。此理已广为师徒所称,如大论所载‘故,亨纳得变更后取用’。即便如此,论聚中亦有质疑,称无法确认是否为五人以上公开或私下之议论。由于此语句还出现在旧戒聚文中,依论义应从此处理解。本段还提及“人众”等言辞说明不合宜邀请句义,然而亦因长老内心之愁苦导致误食被邀请食物而得邀。否则,若用“二人合宜邀食一方共食”之语相违,则不合此处规定。
§229
229. Etthāyaṃ vicāraṇā – ‘‘añño manusso pattaṃ gaṇhāti, na dātabba’’nti vacanato aparabhāge akappiyanimantanena natthi payojanaṃ, pubbabhāgeyeva akappiyanimantanena payojananti svepi bhante āgaccheyyāthāti ettha kataraṃ akappiyanimantanaṃ, tasmā adhippāyo cettha pamāṇanti. Na, ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpattī’’ti vacanatoti. Tattha ‘‘svepi bhante’’ti ettha yathā vacanamattaṃ aggahetvā akappiyanimantanakkamena attho gahito, tathā ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā’’ti etthāpi antarā akappiyanimantanena laddhabhattaṃ sandhāya vuttanti attho gahetabbo. Piṇḍāya hi carantaṃ disvā ‘‘ettha, bhante, bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti dinnampi akappiyanimantanena laddhaṃ nāma hoti. Vohārena pana ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhatta’’nti vuccati, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aññathā mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘gaṇabhojane vuttanayeneva pañcahi bhojanehi nimantitassa…pe… parassa parassa bhojane’’ti vuttavacanavirodho. Idañhi vacanaṃ yena paṭhamaṃ nimantito, tato paṭhamanimantitaṃ ādāya gato parassa parassa nimantanakadāyakassa bhojaneti atthaparidīpanato nimantanato laddhabhattassa bhojaneyeva āpattīti dīpeti. ‘‘Dve tayo nimantane ekato’’ti vacanenapi sameti, aññathā ‘‘yena nimantito, tassa bhojanato parassa bhojane’’ti ettakaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, pāḷiyaṃ vā ‘‘nimantanena ekatobhuñjatī’’ti ettakaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā. Dutiyanimantanassa paṭhamabhojane āpattippasaṅganivāraṇatthaṃ ‘‘yena yenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Nimantanapaṭipāṭiyā bhuñjatīti pāḷīti ce? Na, ‘‘anāpatti niccabhatte’’tiādipāḷivirodhato.
229. 此处论及“他人取用所布施者,不当给予”语句,后段并无因不合宜邀请而下罚之意,前段则表明确有因不合宜邀请而受罚之理。尊者诸位应依文本原意理解“尊敬比库,本应奉还饭食”。此于不合宜邀请之义,依文本显明为因果相关。又论到“乞食行走间所得饭食”,若见有他人为你召唤食物,则该饭食亦属不合宜邀请所受。出于慰劳而承受,固属不合宜邀请,但言语上常称“乞食取得之饭食”,理应明了此义。如若相悖于“宴请食物五种之经律规”,则不符。此处基于语句连贯及逻辑,应以首位被邀请者所在处,作为对其第二邀请宴食受罚免除理由的判断基点。所谓“二者或三者有邀食一方共同用食”之说,也可理解为“被邀请者之饭食,旁人共食”,而非“被邀者尚未被邀食即用他人之食”。第二邀请之食物,因祭者是依顺序而非量之规定故,免罚。
Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ kasmā bhuñjituṃ na labhatīti ce? ‘Paramparabhojanaṃ nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito, taṃ ṭhapetvā pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjati, etaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ nāmā’ti vuttattā’’ti likhitaṃ. Yadi evaṃ niccabhattādikampi na vaṭṭatīti āpajjatīti niccabhattādi odissakanti ce? Taṃ na, tadaññassa attano dhanena nipphannassa, saṅghato laddhassa vā pāto pacanakayāgu ce ghanā hoti, tassāpi, ekakuṭikaṃ gāmaṃ upanissāya viharato bhikkhācariyavasena labhitabbaniccabhattassa ca akappiyabhāvappasaṅgato. Tattha bhikkhācariyavasena laddhaṃ na kappati nimantanakānaṃ appasādāvahanatoti ce? Na, ‘‘pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpattī’’ti vacanavirodhato. Khādanīyampi hi parassa khāditvā bhuttattā nimantanabhojanaṃ abhuñjanto appasādaṃ karoti eva, tasmā appasādāvahaṃ appamāṇaṃ, tasmā niccabhattādi odissakaṃ na sambhavati. Apica heṭṭhā vuttanayena saddhiṃ idha vuttanayena saṃsanditvā yaṃ yaṃ khamati, taṃ taṃ gahetabbanti sabbopi kesañci ācariyānaṃ vinicchayo. Ācariyassa pana vinicchayo ante āvi bhavissati. ‘‘Khīraṃ vā rasaṃ vā pivato amissampīti adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ. Gaṇṭhipade ‘‘heṭṭhā odanenāmissetvā upari tiṭṭhatī’’ti likhitaṃ.
关于“召集者位置”有云:“走乞食得之饭食,为何不得用?”对此有云:“将诸种饭食中之一加以说明,谓此为聚餐饭食,置后宾之食物于前,施设以后者食用者,即是聚餐饭食之名。”若连同平常饭食亦得免罚,是否适当?若不适用,此乃劣者,应作用自身财产或从僧团得食加以烹调利用,虽由僧侣所得饭食若含不合宜之嫌,亦不当用。若说以僧侣所得未经召请之饭食行乞得食不合拍,则此并非鼓励法。若师父判断后此饭食不许用者,应遵循并避免。又有论中载“设五种饭食且普遍无犯戒”,因浸食他处食物者于被邀请之食给食者心生不善感故引致不愉悦,故此免罚理应谨慎。整体以调和为师父决定最终依据。论中又云“若饮牛奶或汤水,使其存留于上者,亦为规定禁令。”召集位置中亦有云“下位弟子须行此以示敬重。”
Mahāupāsakoti gehasāmiko. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘āpattī’’ti vacanena kurundiyaṃ ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanaṃ viruddhaṃ viya dissati. ‘‘Dvinnampi adhippāyo mahāpaccariyaṃ vicārito’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Cārittatoti ‘santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā’ti parato vattabbato’’ti vuttaṃ. Vacīkammaṃ avikappanaṃ. Ettha ‘‘mahāupāsako bhikkhū nimanteti…pe… pacchā laddhaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjantassa āpatti. Piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vacanato, ‘‘kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjimhā’’ti pāḷito, khandhake ‘‘na ca, bhikkhave, aññatra nimantane aññassa bhojjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā, yo paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti (mahāva. 283) vacanato ca nimantetvā vā pavedetu animantetvā vā, paṭhamagahitanimantanassa bhikkhuno paṭhamanimantanabhojanato aññaṃ yaṃ kiñci parasantakaṃ bhojanaṃ paramparabhojanāpattiṃ karoti. Attano santakaṃ, saṅghagaṇato laddhaṃ vā agahaṭṭhasantakaṃ vaṭṭati, nimantanato paṭhamaṃ nibaddhattā pana niccabhattādi parasantakampi vaṭṭati. Khandhake ‘‘na ca , bhikkhave…pe… yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti (mahāva. 283) vacanaṃ parasantakabhojanavuttaniyamanaṃ. Tato hatthakova no takkoti ācariyo.
所谓“大在家居士”为家庭之主。大论中“犯戒”言曰“违反”似相反义。谓“有两种考量,一者为大修行者大净戒,另一者为通行规戒。”言行稳重且无变更。此处有云“大在家居士邀请比库”等表明,后者受邀取食后若再用乞食所得食物即犯戒论述。于乞食所得食物,律藏中言“不可于他处受他人乞食所授食物食用,若食即犯戒,必须依戒规办理。”即使邀请不被许可或未邀请,亦适用如理规定。若以初次邀请食为基础,则不可用其他人的馀饭。此为经律规定行为。师长以此比喻教导。
Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 辗转食学处解释已毕。
4. Kāṇamātāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā4. 独眼母学处解释
§31-3
31-3.Paṭiyālokanti pacchimaṃ desaṃ. Pūvagaṇanāyāti atirittapūvagaṇanāyāti attho. Sace ‘‘apātheyyādiatthāya sajjita’’nti saññāya gaṇhāti, acittakattā sikkhāpadassa āpatti eva. Atha uggahitaṃ gaṇhāti, na muccatiyeva. Asaṃvibhāge pana anāpatti akappiyattā. Acittakatā paññattijānanābhāveneva, na vatthujānanābhāvenāti eke. Na, mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘pātheyyādiatthāya sajjitabhāvajānana’’nti aṅgesu avuttattā. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade panevaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘ekena vā anekehi vā dvattipattapūresu gahitesu tesaṃ anārocanena vā sayaṃ vā jānitvā yo aññaṃ gaṇhāti, tassa dukkaṭaṃ. Ekato tīsu, catūsu vā paviṭṭhesu ekena ce dvepattapūrā gahitā, dutiye dve gaṇhante paṭhamo ce na nivāreti, paṭhamassa pācittiyaṃ. Nivāreti ce, anāpatti, dutiyasseva dukkaṭa’’nti. Sace sañcicca na vadati, porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttanayena pācittiyaṃ, mātikāṭṭhakathāvasena (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. kāṇamātāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Atirekapaṭiggahaṇa’’nti tattha pañcamaṃ aṅgaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā appaṭiggahitattā na pācittiyaṃ, kattabbākaraṇato pana dukkaṭaṃ. Aññathā kiriyākiriyaṃ idaṃ āpajjati, anivāraṇaṃ, anārocanaṃ vā chaṭṭhaṅgaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā. Ekanikāyikānaṃ vāti ettha ‘‘āsannavihārabhikkhū, āsannaāsanasālāgatā vā sace visabhāgehi ānītaṃ na paṭiggaṇhanti, ‘ārāmikādīnaṃyeva vā dāpentī’ti jānāti, yattha paribhogaṃ gacchati, tattha dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dvattipattapūrā’ti vacanato pacchiādīsu adhikampi gaṇhato anāpattī’’ti keci vinayadharamānino vadanti, taṃ tesaṃyeva nisīdatu, ācariyā pana ‘‘pacchiādīsupi ukkaṭṭhapattassa pamāṇavasena dvattipattapūrā gahetabbā. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedakathā hesā’’ti vadanti.
31-3.「恭敬审视」意指后方地域。用「先前数数」解释为「超越先前数数」之意。若以「为防范等目的而准备」的意念领会,则属于不慎重是戒律戒条之违犯。又以「起始」领解,则非得解脱之道。不可分割者乃指因不慎重而生的忿恨。所谓“不慎重”仅因缺乏分别见闻,非因缺乏实物知识,部分持此说。母本及注疏中未曾载有“以防范等之义而准备”的说法,未列入条目。于古老语句中如此说:“若由一人或数人在双人共用的容器中取物,若其偷偷摸摸或自知故意地拿取而侵占他人,即犯错。一人若一次取三或四物,两人共用时若一人不予制止,则犯下巴吉戒;若制止,则虽不犯戒,但犯错。”若未经充分思考明言,依古语断定犯巴吉戒,亦随注释而视为犯戒,属于不慎重致犯过。所谓「额外接纳」者,此处为第5部分,因部分接纳而不犯巴吉戒,然因必然要承担过错,故属罪恶。若另作别件,则生不免罚戒及禁止批评,为最严禁章。单派比库中有说法:「若比库临近坐处,或临近食堂所获食物,若不得分享则说‘属于林苑等所有,允许施舍’,凡自领食用,主观修持得食,施舍之处方可收食。」有些持律者说“双人共用时在后方取物不谨慎即犯过”者应遵守,余人不必,依师说:“就算在后方亦应依法严格接纳,不可随意放逸。”后方接纳之理,乃如是说。
Kāṇamātāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 独眼母学处解释已毕。
5. Paṭhamapavāraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā5. 第一自恣学处解释
§236
236.Yāvadatthapavāraṇāyapavāritā kiñcāpi ‘‘pavāritā’’icceva adhippetā aṭṭhuppattiyāva, atha kho pacchimāva idhādhippetā.
236.对于在法义禁止下被禁的任何事物,亦如同被称为“被禁”,如同制定的禁止规则,之后又有后方所禁止的。
§237
237.‘‘Alametaṃ sabba’’nti vuttattā atirittaṃ nāma hoti. Bhikkhussa idampi te adhikaṃ, ito aññaṃ na lacchatīti kira attho.
237.“不宜过分”之说,旨在说明过分之处恶劣,对比库而言,此亦过多,不应再有更多,故意谓无他可取。
§238-9
238-9. ‘‘Asanaṃ paññāyatī’’ti eteneva ‘‘bhuttāvī’’ti etassa siddhattā visuṃ atthasiddhi natthi. Yadi atthi, aṅgānaṃ chakkattadassananti. Vuttampi cetantiādi pavāraṇaṅgānaṃ pañcakattadassanaṃ. Varakoti yo koci varako. ‘‘Pavāraṇaṃ pana janetiyevāti visuṃ sitthaṃ vodakaṃ karonti, pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Yāguṃ vā pivanto paṭhamaṃ udakaṃ pivati, vaṭṭati. Avasiṭṭhaṃ heṭṭhāsitthaṃ pavāraṇaṃ na janetī’’ti likhitaṃ. Upatissatthero ‘‘janetiyevā’’ti vadati, taṃ na icchanti ācariyā. Bhajjitapiṭṭhanti taṇḍulacuṇṇameva. Bhajjitasattuyo piṇḍetvā katamodako sattumodako.
238-9.“坐具为所察知”与“食用得饵”二语之成立,理由及用义不详。若有成立,则表明五种接纳项被完全察知。所谓服食者,一般称呼为“施主”。“施前告知”,即言其干净无杂,善饮净水,不识别者不称施前告知。引述上座长老称:“施前告知即明白干净的事,不过常不为法师所欲。”熟米饭犹如米粉。若饮净水,则为真施前告知。若饮汤水或第一水,则具有连绵性。未成熟、末稍浑浊者,不视为施前告知。上师乌巴提长老曰:“是确实施前告知也”,但师不欲有所违犯。食用饭粒即米粉。熟米饭经研磨为膏状则称熟膏。
‘‘Yāgusitthamattāneva dve…pe… paṭikkhipati, na pavāretī’’ti vuttattā paracaṅkamacchādayo pakkhipitvā pakkayāguṃ pivanto sace aññaṃ tādisaṃyeva paṭikkhipati, pavāraṇā na hotīti kira dhammasiritthero. Sace aññaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Kasmā? Asanasaṅkhātassa vippakatabhojanassābhāvato. Bhojanasālāyaṃ bhuñjanto ce, attano apāpuṇanakoṭṭhāsaṃ abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Kāmaṃ paṭikkhipati, patte pana ārāmiko ākirati, tato bhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati. Idañhi buddhappaṭikuṭṭhaanesanāya uppanneyeva saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Yathā hi saṅghato uddhaṭapiṇḍaṃ dussīlo deti, taṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ. ‘‘Visabhāgo lajjī ce deti, taṃ tena sambhogaṃ akattukāmatāya paṭikkhipati, pavāretīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Parivesanāyāti bhattagge. ‘‘Maṃsena rasaṃ, maṃsañca rasañca maṃsarasanti āpajjanato ‘maṃsarasa’nti vutte paṭikkhepato hoti, maṃsassa rasaṃ maṃsarasanti viggaho nādhippeto’’ti vuttaṃ. Maṃsakarambako nāma…pe… vaṭṭatīti suddhayāgu eva hoti. Appavāraṇamissakakarambakoyeva hoti, tasmā na pavāreti, tena vuttaṃ parato ‘‘idañca karambakena na samānetabba’’ntiādi, tasmā ‘‘taṃ abhiharitvā kañjiyaṃ gaṇhathā’ti vadantaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāraṇā na hotī’’ti ca ‘‘missakayāguṃ gaṇhathā’ti avuttattā ‘sammissitaṃ visuṃ katvā detī’ti vuttattā’’ti ca vuttaṃ, yasmā yāgumissakanti ettha padadvaye pavāraṇārahassa nāmaggahaṇaṃ natthi, tasmā tatra ce yāgu bahutarā vā hoti samasamā vā, na pavāreti. Kasmā? Tattha abhihārakapaṭikkhepakānaṃ yāgusaññattā. Yāgu ce mandā, bhattaṃ bahutaraṃ, pavāreti. Kasmā? Tesaṃ ubhinnampi tattha bhinnasaññattāti takko ācariyassa. Bhattamissake pavāraṇārahassa nāmassa sabbhāvato sabbadā pavāreti eva. Missake pana vuttanayena kāraṇaṃ vattabbaṃ. Visuṃ katvā detīti yathā bhattasiṭṭhaṃ na patati, tathā gāḷhaṃ hatthena pīḷetvā parissāvetvā deti.
“仅以足够鲜嫩的施前谷物…置于旁边,不为施前告知”者,意指披覆外衣遮挡谷物,若饮他等相似而不为施前告知。若对他人施以此行为,则非施前告知。若施于他者,非施前告知。何以如此?因施前告知非食具非变质等的欠缺。若在用膳堂进食而反将自身未入坛的谷物击破,则仍不为施前告知。若随欲违犯而击破,则外宾不参宴,因此失去想食之机。此为佛陀禁止令详细所涵之事。譬如犯戒者于集会中以恶物诱惑他人,惟其违犯而非施前告知,若羞耻者以此与施者不共,故称施前告知者亦有区别。”此处周边即食器也。又说:“肉品即肉汁与肉味,由于污秽故称‘肉汁’,肉味为描述词,无为总名。”称“肉之基始者…连绵使之成形”,因此纯洁施前告知汁。假使为杂糅或污浊施前告知,则非施前告知。故后说“此亦须勿等同视”。此故“取义村庙他施时”,说“此亦为杂糅,不宜视同一处”,故后补“予施者应视为谷物粥汁,不与杂混”,以辨澄清。故表示“肉与杂”二义未纳施前告知称谓,故施前告知的祭献杂糅弥漫时,非施前告知。何以?此处有区分施前谷物举止品种,与食物品种,故师说法存在品种区分尚究究。(对施者而言,施前不可违者即处煮食与品尝之处理。)施前品类规矩常执行。
Akappiyakatanti ettha ‘‘kappiyaṃ akārāpitehi kadalipphalādīhi saddhiṃ atirittaṃ kappiyaṃ kārāpetvāpi taṃ kadalipphalādiṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Amissakarasattā puna tāni kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā aññasmiṃ bhājane ṭhapetvā atirittaṃ kāretvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Kasmā? Pubbe tesu vinayakammassa anāruḷhattā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Bhuttāvinā ca pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kata’’nti vacanato bhuttāvinā appavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena kattabbanti siddhaṃ, tasmā ‘‘pātova addhānaṃ gacchantesu dvīsu eko pavārito avuṭṭhito tattha nisīdati, so itarena piṇḍāya caritvā laddhaṃ bhikkhaṃ attanā abhutvāpi ‘alametaṃ sabba’nti kātuṃ labhati evā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ sukkapakkhe ‘‘bhuttāvinā kataṃ hotī’’ti imināva siddhaṃ, tasmiṃ pakkhe attano sattaṅgāni na pūrenti, kaṇhapakkhe paṭibhāgena satta vuttānīti veditabbaṃ. Bhuttāvinā appavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena, avuṭṭhitena vā kataṃ hoti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Pavāritena āsanā avuṭṭhitenevā’’ti imaṃ pana atthavikappaṃ dīpetuṃ ‘‘sattaṅgāni vuttānī’’tipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. So puna kātuṃ na labhati paṭhamaṃ katassa puna teneva kattabbappasaṅgato. Yañca akataṃ, taṃ kattabbanti hi vuttaṃ. Atha sova paṭhamo puna kattukāmo hoti, aññasmiṃ bhājane pubbe akataṃ kātuṃ labhati. Dutiyo paṭhamabhājanepi kātuṃ labhati. ‘‘Yena akataṃ, tena kātabba’’nti hi vuttaṃ. Imamevatthaṃ sandhāya ‘‘yena yaṃ paṭhamaṃ kappiyaṃ kataṃ, tameva so puna kātuṃ na labhati, aññena kātabba’’nti likhitaṃ. Tattha tanti taṃ paṭhamaṃ katanti attho. Pesetvā kāretabbanti ettha anupasampanno ce gato, tatraṭṭhena ekena bhikkhunā paṭiggāhetvā aparena kāretabbanti tattha ekova evameva kātuṃ na labhatīti. ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci gilānaṃ uddissā’tiādivacanato vihārādīsu gilānassa pāpuṇanakoṭṭhāsampi gilānātirittaṃ nāma, tasmā vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Āhāratthāyāti vikāle evāti eke.
不允许之处即“食物禁止处”。於此处意指“以不当方法烹制之果品如青椰果等”,假若将此果品投入其中,便过量使用禁止物而食之。又称“非许可之者,若将所烹禁物拿入他处与他物混合,用量过多,则不当行为生,仍被容许食用。”何以?因此前戒法未曾禁止涵盖此状。谓“已食施前者不可再食”,亦则禁止无施前者从属座位食用。故有“若有二人,某一人仅被许可,另一人违犯需自制”,此处谓二者施前者法则不全。此谓食物准则之说,也谓“施前之食物被视为可饮者,若缺施前者,则不可重返先之行为。”意旨即此。供食者施物许被遵守,若未达七支规戒,则允许复用。若欲重复从属,则再次需遵守施前法则。若为未达者,仍需服从修行次序。若已修则应完全服从规定。又说“凡病患者之行为”,此处谓“晚饭饮食”,有时用以形容“迟餐”。
§241
241. Kāyakammaṃ ajjhoharaṇato. Vacīkammaṃ vācāya ‘‘atirittaṃ karotha bhante’’ti akārāpanenāti veditabbaṃ.
241. 对于身体行为,应当制止。语行为者,应当以言语告诫『尊者,请勿过度行此』表示制止。此理应知。
Paṭhamapavāraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一自恣学处解释已毕。
6. Dutiyapavāraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā6. 第二自恣学处解释
§243
243.Sādhāraṇamevāti sabbapavāraṇānaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ ‘‘yāvattakaṃ icchasī’’ti idaṃ.
243. 『普通』者,即所有禁戒中的普通规则,就是『所欲不过度』之意,此是解释。
Dutiyapavāraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二自恣学处解释已毕。
7. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā7. 非时食学处解释
§247-9
247-9. Naṭānaṃ nāṭakāni naṭanāṭakāni, sītāharaṇādīni. Mūlañca taṃ khādanīyañcāti mūlakhādanīyaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Piṭṭhanti cuṇṇaṃ. Khārakamūlanti yūpasamūlaṃ. Caccumūlaṃ neḷiyamūlaṃ. Tambakaṃ vacaṃ. Taṇḍuleyyakaṃ cūḷakuhu. Vatthuleyyakaṃ mahākuhu. Vajakali nikoṭṭhaṃ. Jajjharī hirato.
247-249. 『歌舞者们』是指戏剧演员和舞蹈演员,及歌舞戏剧表演者;『取寒冷物』等行为。根本又称为『可啃物』。此义普遍通行。『皮』是指『石灰』。『刺根』者,即篱笆的树根。『草根』者,如蒲草根、芦根。烟草叶和草茎。『小面篾』和『大面篾』。『树脂』和『黄蜡』。『摇铃草』或称为『曳铁根』。『齿轮』称为『竹节』。
Koṭṭhaṃ jaraṭṭhaṃ vuccati. Gaṇṭhi muhukulamudu vicayattha vajamuju vaduḷavi.
『竹节』又称为『干枯竹节』。『球结』是指蜂窝状、一团团的结构,裂开处有更多细节,如『铁锈痂瘤』等。
Vajjayetime kiṃsukaṃ, haliddi. Kaseruko, kaṭibalavanti tassa nāmaṃ. Ambāṭakaṃ amūlakaṃ piḍhala kakkula. Masālu kinaḷa. Āluva kaḷi taḍḍhiaḷi alasa kaṭissala namedati mera. Siggu sīri koḷa kālakaṃ nekaḷavi. Khīravallikando tumūroriyo hoti. Saṅkhato dhovanameva. Ayaṃ ‘‘parisaṅkhāro’’ti likhitaṃ. Khīrakākolī kirikaveḷi. Jīvikaṃ jīvihi. Usabhaka ummasuviyi.
『铁锤威』是某种植物名,即姜黄。『草巴柳』等,具有坚硬束状特征。『野樱桃』『非根茎』『碎石层』。『缫丝茧』。『风茧』『串珠』等。『藤绕根』称蜜旦。『稻秆叶』等称为『病疥』。『乳汁』的根茎。有牙状纹理的根。经搅洗制作的。这是『堆积物』示意。『乳根叶』与『喧嚣漏』。『生命物质』。『小野猪』『山野鼠』。
Hintālaṃ kitili. Kuntāla toho tilisatā padikaḷiro paṭasevalakaḷi. Karamandakaṃ karamba daṇḍokira udakajoti kaṇḍako. ‘‘Siṅghatakotipi vuccatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Phaggava hakiḷi. Nattamālanti karañji.
『火炬火』与『灰色鸟』。『有结发物』与『有倒三角状结节物』。『羽翎秆』与『渐近根』。『握柄』与『拐杖状物』、『水生实物』。『狮节』称呼也记载在此。『毛草』『藤本植物』。『爪子』被称为『短枝』。
Sellu loholiyaṃ. Kāsamaddaka kuduvavali anasikina. Ummādiya melelidiya. Cīnamuggo venamutti huramugga. Rājamāso māhaviliti. Aggimanto muñci. Sunipaṇṇako tipilavanināḷikā tilaka. Bhūmiyaṃ jātaloṇīti ettha loṇīnāmassa sādhāraṇattā ‘‘bhūmiya’’nti visesetvā vuttaṃ. Brahmīpattaṃ demeteye paṇasā. ‘‘Dīpavāsino vadantī’’ti sithilaṃ katvā kasmā vuttanti ce? ‘‘Khādanīyatthaṃ pharatīti lakkhaṇena asamānattā’’ti vuttaṃ. Padeliviniteki. Sulasipaṇṇanti tasāpalikaṃ.
箣罗陀罗叶。卡萨曼达卡和古都婆利叶未曾剪除。生长、枯萎。盐窟穴,解放的洞穴。王之月,谓之伟大。是炽热的放逸。以三条条纹为标记的苏尼巴拿卡草。地上之盐,此处说盐众类的通称“地上”特别指出。以手指授予婆罗门领地五指宽。谓之“岛上居民所称”。为何说如此?因地具有开采价值,且性质不等异。分开邦干部:细长如叶,称其为苏拉西巴拿,似芦苇般的植物。
Agandhikapupphaṃ karissayeti cekavādidapupphaṃ celepatimalaṃ. Jīvantīpupphaṃ jīvitandigamala. Bakula muthuvala. Kuyyaka punapunnāmapunnarā, jātisumana. Navamālikā cehemala.
将施无嗅花,亦即蜂花,其花洒满污秽。常青花,活体之臭。菠萝花与翡翠贝壳花。古耶伽果花之间绕生相连。季节性的联结,精洁净化。如十二月的枝条与节节;以净化而做调节。瓜类,包括肥沃之瓜。马萨卡果实及前熟果实皆数种。十二花圈如污秽。
Tintiṇika kacinī vileyi. Mātuluṅga lavano. Pussaphala supuli. Timbarūsaka tigibberehiti susatudhuta. Tipusavātiṅgaṇa dhutatikeṇa paṭiyi. Coca variyiyeli. Moca atireli. Goṭṭhaphalaṃ pūvaphalanti eke. Koṭṭhase kira acchiva.
三枝出花树的某种叶子渐枯。粗盐。牟素果与软壳。香辛木不成熟物,善用浸泡调节。三瘟疫称的净化枝条。尽力净化。某些松果称先熟果子。有的核果称粗皮。土窟如有粗皮,称为核果。
Asamussi bimba iti keci. Kāsmarīti sepaṇṇi. Atitemeti kariyametissa. Jātiphalaṃ kataṃmeti. Kaṭukaphalaṃ tiriraka.
某些有不整齐颗粒状果实。烦恼树叶。由于其过度生长而必要处理。称为种类果实。苦味果实呈三色状。
Taruṇaphalaṃ kiriupulu. Pokkharaṭṭhi kiñcakkhaṭṭhi. Siddhatthakaṃ sāsapaṃ setavaṇṇaṃ. Rājikaṃ rattaṃ hoti.
幼果,乳白色柔软皮。池塘果,若干形状。成就某些树种,色泽鲜亮。花冠色彩喜人。
Hiṅguṃ hiṅgujatunti sabbāpi hiṅguvikatiyo. Ettha hiṅgujatu nāma pattasākhā pacitvā kātabbā. Sākhā pacitvā katā sipāṭikā. Aññehi missetvā katāti keci. Takaṃ kaṭṭhajanti aggikeḷini. Nikitissākālesayo. Timera, takapatti pasākhāpatte pacitvā kātabbā. ‘‘Takapaṇṇi sāvati eva kātabbā’’ti likhitaṃ.
焚香树,焚香浓厚,所有焚香属性。焚香树指分枝,剪枝后可用。剪枝后制成种苗。也有混合制作者。劈木人称在火旁劈柴。护理干燥叶片。以定时护理。劈开叶片,剪切后可用。已书写“只剪树叶分枝即可”。
Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 非时食学处解释已毕。
8. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、蓄藏食物学处注释
§253
253. Aparajju sannidhi nāma hotīti attho. Ajja paṭiggahitanti na kevalaṃ paṭiggahitameva, atha kho uggahitakampi, teneva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti evaṃ sannidhikataṃ yaṃ kiñci yāvakālikaṃ vā yāmakālikaṃ vā ajjhoharitukāmatāya gaṇhantassa paṭiggahaṇe tāva āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi taṃ paṭhamameva paṭiggahitaṃ, ‘‘paṭiggahaṇe tāvā’’ti na vattabbaṃ, tasmā veditabbametaṃ ‘‘attano kāle gahitaṃ ajja paṭiggahita’nti vutta’’nti.
253. 『近处(Aparajju)』是指所谓『在近邻』的意思。如今所谓“受持”,不是单单受持而已,也包括维持遵守。因此论疏中说:“受持意即罪过障碍。像这样处于近邻中,凡是有意愿当下或当夜受持某事之人,于受持行为上即生罪过障碍”。如果仅是最初受持,仅说“于受持时”的话,是不能表达全部意涵的,因此须理解为“于自身所受持之时,谓今天已受持”者。
Etthāha – yathā pañca bhesajjāni uggahitakāni anadhippetāni. Sattāhātikkame anāpatti anajjhoharaṇīyattā, tathā idhāpi uggahitakaṃ nādhippetanti? Ettha vuccati – bhesajjasikkhāpade (pārā. 618 ādayo) uggahitakaṃ nādhippetanti yuttaṃ attano kālātikkamanamattena tattha āpattippasaṅgato. Ettha na yuttaṃ attano kālātikkamanamattena āpattippasaṅgābhāvato. Ajjhoharaṇeneva hi ettha āpattīti adhippāyo, tasmā anugaṇṭhipadamatena ajja uggahetvā punadivase bhuñjanto dve āpattiyo āpajjati.
这里举例说:譬如五种药物被视为谨守的物品,不允许私自用失,七日之内无过失不生罪过障碍。那么这里守护的物件是否算为谨守物?此处说,五戒关于药物谨守是因为越过自定期限即生过失障碍,但若非因越限则无过失障碍。于是因当夜没收即生过失,故用不当者,即使当天没收后翌日仍使用,则生两种罪过。
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – attanā bhuñjitukāmo ajja uggahetvā punadivase bhuñjati, dve āpattiyo āpajjati. Sāmaṇerādīnaṃyeva atthāya uggahetvā gahitaṃ punadivase paṭiggahetvā bhuñjanto āpattiyā na kāretabboti. Paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti etthāyamadhippāyo – sace belaṭṭhasīso viya dutiyatatiyādidivasatthāya ajja paṭiggahetvā sāmaṇerādīnaṃ gopanatthāya deti, tassa punadivase ajjhoharaṇatthaṃ paṭiggahaṇe āpatti dukkaṭassāti sambhavati. Sayameva sace taṃ gopetvā ṭhapeti, punadivase patitaṃ kacavaraṃ disvā vimativasena vā paṭiggaṇhato paṭiggahaṇatova āpatti dukkaṭassāti sambhavati. No ce paṭiggaṇhāti, taṃ dukkaṭaṃ natthi. ‘‘Idañhi ‘ekaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassā’tiādi viyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yo pana ekappahāreneva dvepi pāde atikkāmeti, tassa taṃ thullaccayaṃ natthi, evaṃsampadamidanti veditabbaṃ. Ettha paṭiggahitabhāvaṃ avijahantameva sannidhiṃ janetīti dhammasiritthero, taṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti pāḷiyā virujjhati. Kapālena pīto pana sneho abbohāriko. Kiñcāpi uṇhe otāpentassa paggharati, tathāpi ‘‘bhesajjasikkhāpade viyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Itarathā kapālena pītā sappiādayopi sattāhātikkame āpattiṃ janeyyunti. Sayaṃ paṭiggahetvāti idhāpi pubbe vuttavidhiyeva. Duddhotapattakathāpi etena sameti viya . Āhāratthāyāti kālepi labbhati. Pakatiāmiseti kappiyāmise. Sāmisena mukhena ajjhoharato dveti ‘‘hiyyo paṭiggahitayāmakālikaṃ ajja purebhattaṃ sāmisena mukhena ajjhoharato dve pācittiyānī’’ti likhitaṃ. Ajja paṭiggahitaṃ yāvakālikampi hi yāmātikkantapānakena saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sannidhiṃ karoti. Akappiyamaṃsesu manussamaṃse thullaccayaṃ, sesamaṃse dukkaṭañca vaḍḍhati.
此处思维是:若当日没收后翌日继续使用,则生两罪。但沙门及初学者方面,则因当日即受持,又于翌日受持、使用,则无罪过障碍。所谓“受持即罪过障碍”的见解是:如果如戒法中规定,戒者像比库,因当日持有为保护而藏匿他众,若翌日为了使用即违法不善,即生罪过障碍;若自己藏匿后发现毁坏,诚心忏悔并受持,则虽有过失障碍,仍须受持。若不受持则无罪过。此处说“有脚过失障碍”的说法类似说法。若单只失一种戒,则无大罪,故应如此了解。此处论疏中说,如果怀有受持之心,近邻就产生,于是巴利文中“受持即罪过障碍”的说法被中断。
§255
255.Sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāyāti kālepi dukkaṭameva sannidhiṃ anāpajjanatoti keci. Tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ tadahu purebhattaṃ vaṭṭatīti ce? Na, pāḷiyampi aṭṭhakathāyampi visesassa natthitāya. Bhesajjasikkhāpade purebhattaṃ yathāsukhaṃ paribhuñjanaṃ vuttanti ce? Āhāre sappiādi saṅgahaṃ yāti, tena taggatikavasena vuttaṃ, na bhesajjavasena vuttanti upatisso.
255. 七日内及持续生计时间内,因食物产生过失障碍者,有人说确实如此。那么之前受持或先前持有的情形如何?这论疏和巴利原文中都无特殊区分。戒律中仅说能自由享用先前的食物,但未义指必须是药物,因此未限定药物种类。
Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 蓄藏食物学处注释完。
9. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、胜妙主食学处注释
§259
259.Akappiyasappināti yesaṃ maṃsaṃ na kappati, tesaṃ sappinā. ‘‘Vasātelañhi ṭhapetvā akappiyasappi nāma natthī’’ti likhitaṃ. Visaṅketanti ettha ‘‘sūpodanaviññattipi na hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kāyikānīti kāyena āpajjitabbāni.
259.「不净食物」是指那些不洁净、生吃肉的肉类。并说明:“涂抹油脂后,不洁净食物即不存在”如是书说。毒物与下毒无异,因此这些应由身体摄取。
§261
261.Mahānāmasikkhāpadena kāretabboti saṅghavasena pavārite bhesajjatthāya sappiādipañcakaṃ viññāpeti ce, tattha ‘‘na bhesajjena karaṇīyena bhesajja’’nti ettha saṅgahaṃ gacchati, tasmā ‘‘tena pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ. Pāḷimuttakesu ‘‘bhikkhunīnampi dukkaṭa’’nti likhitaṃ.
261. 据大名长老的戒律说,应当以比库团体的共修法会宣布食物及五种相关物品的禁戒情形。这里说:“不应只凭药物进行药物戒律”,表明是广义的集体戒律。因此称为过失障碍。巴利文法律条文中还写到“对比库尼也是过失”。
Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 胜妙主食学处注释完。
10. Dantaponasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、洁齿木学处注释
§264-5
264-5.Mukhadvāranti kaṇṭhanāḷi. Uccāraṇamattanti ukkhipitabbamattakaṃ. Kasaṭaṃ chaḍḍetvāti samudācāravasena, achaḍḍitepi ‘‘vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Hatthapāsātikkamanti dāyakassa. Bhikkhussa detīti aññassa bhikkhussa. Kañjikanti yaṃ kiñci dravaṃ. Patto paṭiggahetabboti bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapite abhihārābhāvato. ‘‘Yathā paṭhamataraṃ patitatheve doso natthi, tathā ākiritvā apanentānaṃ patitathevepi abhihaṭattā nevatthi doso’’ti likhitaṃ. Carukenāti khuddakapiṇḍena. Jāgarantassapīti ‘‘api-saddena suttassapī’’ti likhitaṃ. Kecīti abhayagirivāsino. Tehi kāyasaṃsagge kāyapaṭibaddhenāpi tappaṭibaddhenāpi thullaccayāpatti dassitā evāti attho. Kāyapaṭibaddhapaṭibaddhenāti vacanamattamevetaṃ. ‘‘Satthakenāti paṭiggahitakenā’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ dullikhitaṃ satipi male puna paṭiggahetabbakiccābhāvato. Kesañci atthāyāti anupasampannānaṃ atthāya. ‘‘Sāmaṇerassa hatthaṃ phuṭṭhamattameva taṃ pariccatta’’nti likhitaṃ.
264-5.「Mukhadvāranti」者,指口与咽喉之间之管道。于发音之时,须略微拔起。谓弃舍粗糙者,依惯行之法,即便未舍亦说『其转』。『Hatthapāsātikka』是施者所授。『Bhikkhussa deti』乃谓一般他比库所授也。『Kañjikanti』者,指一切液体。若取灭,如置地上而无损坏者,称可取。文中曰:“如第一次掉落无过错,照此收取时亦不生过错”,此为文字所载。『Carukenāti』即以小乞食器皿。『Jāgarantassapīti』文中记云:“即便是轻声,亦为口语”。『Kecīti』指无畏山居民。依据此等身体纠缠,或身体捆绑,或命中障碍所致的烦恼显露,如此解说。所谓身体受捆绑,仅是指言语而言。文中又刻写:“教师者,谓承受者”,此文误,因字迹模糊,遂复需承受事无故。『Kesañci atthāya』者,谓无成就者所为。文称:“仅触少年人之手,以此清扫”。
Paṭiggahaṇupagabhāraṃ nāma majjhimapurisena ukkhipitabbakaṃ. Mūlapaṭiggahaṇameva vaṭṭatīti ettha ‘‘macchikavāraṇatthanti vuttattā ‘abhuñjanatthāyāpi paṭiggahetvā gahite vaṭṭatī’’’ti ye vadanti, te vattabbā ‘‘sīsamakkhanatelaṃ paṭiggahetvā ‘idaṃ sīsamakkhana’nti anābhogeneva sattāhaṃ atikkāmentassa kiṃ nissaggiyaṃ bhaveyyā’’tiādi, suttādhippāyo pana evaṃ gahetabbo ‘‘macchikavāraṇatthaṃ bījantassa tasmiṃ laggarajādimhi patte patite sukhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ sakkā’ti saññāya pubbe paṭiggahitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Parivattanakathāyaṃ ‘‘amhākaṃ taṇḍulesu khīṇesu etehi amhākaṃ hatthagatehi sāmaṇerasantakehipi sakkā patiṭṭhapetu’nti bhikkhūnaṃ cittuppādo ce sambhavati, ‘parivattanaṃ sātthaka’nti upatissatthero’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ suddhacittānaṃ niratthakanti āpannameva, tathā ‘‘paṇḍito esa sāmaṇero pattaparivattanaṃ katvā dassati, mayameva ca imassa vissāsena vā yācitvā vā bhuñjissāmā’’ti citte sati bhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati katepi parivattaneti ca āpannaṃ, kiṃ bahunā. Nirapekkheheva gaṇhitabbaṃ, na sāpekkhehīti dassanatthaṃ vuttanti ācariyo. Ayamevattho ‘‘sace pana sakkoti vitakkaṃ sodhetuṃ, tato laddhaṃ khāditumpi vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanena siddhova. Ādhārake patto ṭhapito hoti yathāpaṭiggahitabhāve nirālayo. Samuddodakena appaṭiggahitakena. Meṇḍakassa khīraṃ khīrattāva vaṭṭati. ‘‘Attano pana khīraṃ mukheneva pivantassa anāpattīti dassetuṃ vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sarīranissitamahābhūtāni hi idhādhippetānī’’ti likhitaṃ, tadubhayampi ‘‘kappiyamaṃsakhīraṃ vā’’tiādinā nayena virujjhati.
取受之负担,所谓由中人须稍微拔起。根本取受者即称转述。关于『蚌为障』者,据说有言:“若为不食用而取用,则称为取受。昔人采头发膏油为例,超过七日无过错,不禁止之。”经典上则教:“为服用蚌为障,种子类似昆虫,在叶或树枝上掉落时,得以自在享用”,此为此前之教示。转回文中云:“我们的稻谷所余之谷粒,彼等手可设置于幼子唾丸中”,这是比库所生起之意念;上师特此曰,为转回之义。若谓心清净而无效,只当拣弃,如此心中有念:“师教我为稚子作转回,我等亦以信心或愿求得而食”,此时心中常生食用而不应有转回,岂止一二乎?须无分别心且收摄,如此指示师说。此事乃“若欲消除疑虑,则可食也”,以此话而成就。置于器具则生根深蒂固,如取受状态无二致。以海水为界,以未取状态为界。『Meṇḍakassa khīraṃ khīrattāva vaṭṭati』例释:青蛙乳如乳奶,虽由其口摄取,然无过错,明确告知。文中又刻云:“人体所依之大元素,皆同此理”,并进一步以“可食用肉乳”等佐证,说明理论不相悖。
Apica ‘‘appaṭiggahitabhājane aññabhikkhusantake attano piṇḍapātaṃ pakkhipati, ‘taṃ thoka’nti vā aññena vā kāraṇena vadati, taṃ sabbesaṃ na kappati. Kasmā? Vinayadukkaṭattā . Attanā paṭiggahetvā pakkhipitabbaṃ vinayavidhiṃ akatvā dukkaṭanti adhippāyo. Evaṃ tādisaṃ kimatthaṃ na bhuñjatīti? Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘uggahitako hotī’ti vuttattā. Evañhi tattha vuttaṃ bhūmiyaṃ vā bhājane vā phalaṃ vā yaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ vā yāvajīvikampi appaṭiggahitakaṃ ajānanto āmasati, na vaṭṭati, uggahitakaṃ hotī’’ti anugaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, tasmā imassa matena bhikkhu bhikkhussa sace patte appaṭiggahite piṇḍaṃ ṭhapeti, taṃ akappiyaṃ uggahitakanti siddhaṃ. Ayamevattho ‘‘sace attano vā bhikkhūnaṃ vā yāgupacanakabhājane…pe… nirāmisaṃ katvā paribhuñjitabba’’nti vacanena saṃsanditvā kathetabbo. ‘‘Kappiyamaṃsakhīraṃ vā’’ti pasaṅgavasena vuttaṃ. Dadhi ce paṭiladdhaṃ, tañca adhippetanti keci.
又云:“对于未取食者若将自己的供养放入他比库器中,或称之为残剩,或由他因缘而口称,然此全不合。何以故?因戒律为难。亲自取作,送入时不遵仪轨,因戒不善故谓难”。总说此类为何不食用?阿阇梨释曰“谓收摄者也”。此义说中,地上、器具、果实或其他食物,若不明取食时,以未取为意,视之不得,谓为收摄者。故此事,以我意而论,若比库于比库供养处放置非取,彼为不正,视为收摄者,已明正理。又云:“若为自己及他比库供养食事,……当虽无肉而食用”,此文相连后续说。因以“可食肉乳”等作引证。若取得乳品,即视为生义。
Dantaponasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 洁齿木学处注释完。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena bhojanavaggo catuttho. · 按注释次第,第四饮食品已完成。
5. Acelakavaggo
5.无异章
1. Acelakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、裸形外道学处注释
§269
269. Vighāsādānaṃ antarā pūvalābhena aññatarā paribbājikā pavisitvā ṭhitā. Dāpetīti anupasampannena.
269.关于苦恼所得之间,因先得故,一游方者曾入而立。『Dāpetīti』此谓无成就者。
Acelakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 裸形外道学处注释已结束。
2. Uyyojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、遣离学处注释
§276
276.Vijahantassāti anādaratthe sāmivacanaṃ. Uyyojakassa vijahantassa sato āpatti dukkaṭassātipi attho. Idha anupasampanno nāma sāmaṇerovādhippeto.
276.「Vijahantassāti」谓不敬时之谦称。对于发动者而言,诚不敬亦有难处。此处所谓无成就者,即沙玛内拉犯戒也。
Uyyojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 遣离学处注释已结束。
3. Sabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、有饮食之家学处注释
§280
280.Sabhojaneti ettha paṭhamavikappo ‘‘itthī ca puriso cā’’ti iminā tatiyapadena yujjati, dutiyavikappo paṭhamehi dvīhi. Kuleti ghare. Anupavisitvā nisīdanacittena sacittakaṃ.
『共食』者,此处第一选项与第三句「女人与男人」相符,第二选项则与前两句相符。『家』者,即居家之中。『未入内而坐』者,带有坐下之心意,且出于自身意愿。
Sabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 与食学处的解释已完结。
4. Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā4. 屏处覆盖学处的解释
§284
284. Idha pañcamaṃ upanandassa catutthaṃ hoti, tasmā bhikkhunivaggassa dasamaṭṭhakathāyaṃ upari upanandassa ‘‘tatiyasikkhāpadenā’’ti na pāṭho, ‘‘catutthenā’’ti pāṭhoti veditabbo.
此处第五条学处,对于伍波难德而言是第四条。因此,在比库尼篇第十八章注疏中,伍波难德之上方所载「依第三学处」之读法不正确,应知正确读法为「依第四学处」。
Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 屏处覆盖学处的解释已完结。
5. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā5. 屏处坐卧学处的解释
§289
289. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
『独坐学处』,其义自明。
6. Cārittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā6. 媒嫁学处的解释
§294
294.Sabhattoti nimantanabhattoti porāṇā.
『共食』者,古师解为「受邀之食」。
Purebhattañca piṇḍāya, caritvā yadi bhuñjati;
若于食前托钵行乞后进食,
Siyā paramparāpatti, pacchābhattaṃ na sā siyā.
则可能构成辗转犯罪;食后则不构成此罪。
Pacchābhattañca gamiko, pubbagehaṃ yadi gacche;
若食后行者,前往先前之家;
Eke āpattiyevāti, anāpattīti ekacce.
有些说有罪,有些说无罪。
Kulantarassokkamane , āpattimatayo hi te;
于家族间之越入,彼等有三种罪;
Samānabhattapaccāsā, iti āhu idhāpare.
同等食之期待,此处其他人如是说。
Matā gaṇikabhattena, samenti naṃ nimantane;
以妓女食为死,彼等以邀请调和之;
Vissajjanaṃ samānanti, eke sammukhatāpare.
有些说遣散为同等,其他人说现前。
Sanniṭṭhānatthikeheva, vicāretabbabhedato;
凡欲确立义理者,应依可分析之类别加以审察;
Viññū cārittamicceva, sikkhāpadamidaṃ vidūti.
智者亦称此为行仪,识者知此即学处。
Cārittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 媒嫁学处的解释已完结。
7. Mahānāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā七、大名学处注释
§310
310. Kālanti so. Yasmā saṅghapavāraṇāyamevāyaṃ vidhi, tasmā ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Iminā hi tayā pavāritamha, amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca attho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ ācikkhitvā viññāpetuṃ gilānova labhati. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ paṇītabhojanasikkhāpade ‘‘mahānāmasikkhāpadena kāretabbo’’ti, taṃ saṅghavasena pavāritaṃ, bhesajjatthāya sappiādibhesajjapañcakaṃ viññāpeti ce, ‘‘na bhesajjena karaṇīyena bhesajjaṃ viññāpetī’ti vacanena pācittiyanti attho’’ti (pāci. 309) likhitaṃ.
「时」者,即彼时。由于此规定仅适用于僧团自恣,故说「已受亲属邀请者」。「我等已受汝邀请,我等有此事、此事之需」——唯有病者方可如实陈明而作请求。至于在胜妙食学处中所说「应依大名学处而行」,其意为:若以僧团自恣之名受邀,却为求药品而请求酥油等五种药品,则依「非以所需之药品请求药品」之语,犯巴吉帝亚——此义已于〔巴吉帝亚第三〇九条〕中载明。
Mahānāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 大名学处注释完毕。
8. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、出征军队学处注释
§311-5
311-5.Maṃ diṭṭhenāti mayā diṭṭhena, mama dassanena vā. Ekampi sarahatthaṃ purisanti aṅgapariyāpannaṃ.
「以我所见」者,即以我之所见、我之见解。「乃至一名手持武器之男子」者,指涵摄于〔军队〕支分之内者。
Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 出征军队学处注释完毕。
9. Senāvāsasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、军营学处注释
§319
319. Navame senāparikkhepena vā parikkhepārahaṭṭhānena vā sañcaraṇaṭṭhānapariyantena vā paricchinditabbā.
第九条:应以军队包围圈、或适合设置围障之处所、或往来行进区域之边界来加以界定。
Senāvāsasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 军营学处注释完毕。
10. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、掘地学处注释
§324
324. Dasame ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti pācittiyassātiādi. Aṭṭhame pana ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhito passati, āpatti dukkaṭassāti pāḷi. Kasmā? Aṅgappamāṇābhedepi anīkavisesato. Dasame pana aṭṭhamaṅgassa dassanena dukkaṭaṃ siyāti.
第十条:每前往观看一次,犯一次恶作。驻立于某处而得见,犯巴吉帝亚——等等如此。然第八条之律文则为:每前往观看一次,犯一次恶作;驻立于某处而得见,犯恶作。何故如此?虽同属支分数量之差异,然因军种之别有所不同。至于第十条,则因见及第八条所列支分,方可能犯恶作。
Uyyodhikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 掘地学处注释已毕。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena acelakavaggo pañcamo. · 依注释次第,裸行者品第五已完。
6. Surāpānavaggo
第六章 饮酒品
1. Surāpānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、饮酒学处注释
Āyasmato yaṃ muni sāgatassa,
具寿萨咖德,牟尼之所示,
Mahiddhikattassa nidassanena;
以其大神通,作为明证故;
Pānassa doso tassa dassanatthaṃ,
饮酒之过患,为令见此故,
Pubbeva so bhaddavatiṃ payāto.
彼先往跋陀瓦提。
Tasmā passaṃ nāgamapothayitvā,
故见龙而未击打,
Vinissaṭaṃ sāgataṃ iddhiyā ca;
浸湿、饱满者,乃借由神通力而成;
Nato surāpānanisedhanatthaṃ,
此因谦卑敬重而戒止酗酒;
Kosambimevajjhagamāti ñeyyaṃ.
桑比国中即是本境。此理当知。
§326-8
326-8.Pasupālakāti ajapālakā. Yena majjati, tassa bījato paṭṭhāya. Keci ‘‘sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalamevāti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā) vuttattā vatthuṃ jānitvā pivato akusala’’nti vadanti. Evaṃ sati ‘‘akusaleneva pātabbatāyāti na vattabba’’nti vutte ‘‘sacittakapakkhameva sandhāyā’’ti vadanti. Evaṃ sati ‘‘kusalākusalābyākatacittanti vattabba’’nti vutte tampi ‘‘tabbahulanayena vutta’’nti vadanti. Kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyampi avisesetvā ‘‘akusalacitta’’nti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. surāpānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘taṃ akusaleneva pivatī’’ti vadantīti.
327-8.所谓畜养者,即是非畜养者。谋沉溺者,须于根因处予以遏止。有些人言:“心念倾向不善,则心性必定不善”(此疑问见于《八难规则释》初论),由此推知,醉饮者即为不善行者。对此,辩称:“不应说因不善而饮酒”,而是说:“心念倾向的确生起”。又辩:“心有善恶未明之分”,对此亦答:“此说泛滥成谬”。经排疑释难专论,即称其为“不善之心”,故言其“确实为不善之饮酒者”。
Surāpānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 饮酒学处注释已毕。
2. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、指戳学处注释
§330
330. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
330.戒训中浸指以手指取水洗涤,正在此意。
3. Hasadhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā3. 笑法学处注释
§336
336. Tatiye kathaṃ tivedanaṃ? Hasādhippāyeneva ‘‘parassa dukkhaṃ uppādessāmī’’ti udakaṃ khipantassa dukkhavedanaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānaṃ.
336.第三项如何理解为强烈苦感?依止于喜悦控制力,说“令彼人受苦”,指挥投掷水时所生苦感,作为后者之极端。
Idaṃ saññāvimokkhañce, tikapācittiyaṃ kathaṃ;
此想解脱与三分巴吉帝亚,如何?
Kīḷitaṃva akīḷāti, micchāgāhena taṃ siyā.
以错误理解,『已嬉戏』如同『未嬉戏』,可能如此。
Ettāvatā kathaṃ kīḷā, iti kīḷāyaṃ evāyaṃ;
至此如何为嬉戏?如是此即嬉戏;
Akīḷāsaññī hotettha, vinayatthaṃ samādaye.
于此处应持『非嬉戏想』,为律义故。
Ekantākusalo yasmā, kīḷāyābhiratamano;
因为一向不善,心喜乐于嬉戏;
Tasmā akusalaṃ cittaṃ, ekamevettha labbhatīti.
因此于此处,唯得一不善心。
Hasadhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 笑法学处注释完毕。
4. Anādariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā4. 不恭敬学处注释
§344
344. ‘‘Lokavajjaṃ atikkamitvā ‘idaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyuggaho’ti vadantassa na vaṭṭatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yaṃ saṃkiliṭṭheneva cittena āpajjati, yaṃ vā ariyapuggalo apaññatte sikkhāpade ajjhācarati, idaṃ lokavajjanti sabbatthikavādīādīni ācariyakulāni. Tattha dutiyatatiyavikappo idha na adhippeto sekhiyānaṃ lokavajjattā.
三四四、「超越世间所呵责者,说『此是我们老师的主张』,不应如此」,如是所书。凡以染污心所犯者,或圣者于未制定学处中所行者,此为世间所呵责。一切有部等诸老师派别。其中第二、第三选择于此不为所意,因应学法属世间所呵责故。
Gārayho ācariyuggahoti ettha ‘‘yasmā ucchuraso sattāhakāliko, tassa kasaṭo yāvajīviko, dvinnaṃyeva samavāyo ucchuyaṭṭhi, tasmā vikāle ucchuyaṭṭhiṃ khādituṃ vaṭṭati guḷaharīṭakaṃ viyā’ti evamādiko sampati nibbatto gārayhācariyavādo na gahetabbo’’ti ca, paṇṇattivajje pana vaṭṭatīti ‘‘na pattahatthena kavāṭo paṇāmetabbo’ti imassa ‘yena hatthena patto gahito, tena hatthena na paṇāmetabbo, itarena paṇāmetabbo’ti atthaṃ gahetvā tathā ācaranto na āpattiyā kāretabbo. ‘Tathā buddhabodhicetiyānaṃ pupphaṃ gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatīti tathā ācaranto’’ti ca. Tathā ācarati abhayagirivāsiko. Mahāvihāravāsino ce evaṃ vadanti, ‘‘mā evaṃ vadā’’ti apasādetabbo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘suttaṃ suttānulomañca uggahitakānaṃyevā’’tiādi. ‘‘Idaṃ sabbaṃ upatissatthero āhā’’ti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Suttānulomaṃ aṭṭhakathā’’ti likhitaṃ.
应呵责的老师主张——于此「因甘蔗汁七日期限,其渣滓终生期限,二者合成甘蔗杖,故非时食甘蔗杖应允许,如糖块诃梨勒」,如是等类现今生起的应呵责老师说法不应取。又于制定所呵责中应允许,如「不应以持钵之手推门」,此句取义为『以持钵之手不应推,以另一手应推』,如是行者不应令犯。『如是于佛菩提塔取花应允许,如是行者』。如是行者为无畏山住者。若大寺住者如是说,应呵责『勿如是说』。故说『经与顺经唯为已受持者』等。又说『此一切伍巴提萨长老所说』。「顺经者注疏」,如是所书。
Anādariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 不恭敬学处注释完毕。
5. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā5. 恐吓学处注释
§345
345. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
三四五、恐吓学处,义理显明。
6. Jotisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā6. 火光学处注释
§354
354.‘‘Visibbanāpekkho’’ti vacanato yassa apekkhā natthi, tassa anāpatti.
三五四、从「欲令洗浴者」之语,凡无期望者,彼无犯。
Jotisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 燃火学处注释结束。
7. Nahānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā七、沐浴学处注释
§364
364. Nahānasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
三六四、洗浴学处,义理显明。
8. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、作坏色学处注释
§368
368.Alabhītilabho. Yathā ‘‘pacatīti paco, pathatīti patho’’ti vuccati, evaṃ ‘‘labhatīti labho’’ti kasmā na vuttaṃ? Pariniṭṭhitalābhasseva idhādhippetattā. Maggeti sibbinimagge. Kappakatena saddhiṃ akappakataṃ sibbeti. Yāvatā adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahati, tāvatā pubbaṃ kappameva. Kappaṃ na vijahati ce, puna kappaṃ dātabbanti ācariyassa takko.
三六八、未得即得。如说「煮者为煮者,行者为行者」,如是「得者为得」何故不说?因此处所意唯已完成之得故。道者,缝纫之道。与如法者一起缝不如法者。乃至不舍弃决意,其先前如法即如法。若不舍弃如法,应再给如法,此为老师之推理。
Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 作坏色学处注释结束。
9. Vikappanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、净施学处注释
§374
374. Paribhogo ettha kāyakammaṃ. Apaccuddhāraṇaṃ vacīkammaṃ.
374. 此处,「受用」是指身业;「不取回」是指口业。
Vikappanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 净施学处注释结束。
10. Cīvarāpanidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、衣服放置学处注释
§379
379. Dasame yasmā nisīdanasanthataṃ cīvaranisīdanampīti ubhayampi sadasameva, tasmā taṃ ubhayampi ekato katvā ‘‘nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti āha. Tatthāpi cīvaraggahaṇena cīvaranisīdanaṃ gahitamevāti atthato santhatanisīdanameva vuttaṃ hoti. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘nisīdanasanthataṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti vattabbanti? Na, itarassa anisīdanaadasabhāvappasaṅgato. Ettha nisīdanasanthatassa pācittiyavatthuttā itarampi pācittiyavatthumevāti veditabbaṃ tajjātikattā. Sassāmike sūcighare sūcigaṇanāya āpattiyoti porāṇā.
379. 第十条:由于坐具铺布与衣坐具二者皆为同等价值,故将二者合并,说「坐具名为同等价值之物」。其中,以「衣」一词摄取,衣坐具已被涵盖,故就义理而言,所说者实为铺布坐具。若如此,则应说「铺布坐具名为同等价值之物」?不然,因为若如此,则有「其余者非坐具、非同等价值之物」的过失。此处,铺布坐具为巴吉帝亚之事,应知其余者亦为巴吉帝亚之事,因为同属该类故。关于有主人的针囊,依针的数量而犯罪——此为古师之说。
Cīvarāpanidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 衣服放置学处注释已毕。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena surāpānavaggo chaṭṭho. · 依注释次第,饮酒品第六已竟。
7. Sappāṇakavaggo
7. 有虫品
1. Sañciccapāṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、故意生命学处注释
§382
382. Sañciccapāṇasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
382. 故意杀生学处,其义自明。
2. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、有生命学处注释
§387
387. ‘‘Pāṇo atthī’’ti jānantopi ‘‘marissantī’’ti avicāretvā pivatice, anāpatti.
387. 即使知道「有虫」,若不加思量「它们会死」而饮用,不犯罪。
Jale pakkhipanaṃ pupphaṃ, jalappavesanaṃ idaṃ;
投入水中之花,此即投入水中之事;
Evaṃ ubhinnaṃ nānattaṃ, ñeyyaṃ ñāṇavatā sadāti.
如此两者之差别,智者应当时时了知。
Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 有生命学处注释已毕。
3. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā3. 举罪学处注释
§392
392. Tatiye dvādasa ukkoṭā veditabbā. Tattha akataṃ kammaṃ, dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ, puna kātabbaṃ kammanti anuvādādhikaraṇe labbhanti. Anihaṭaṃ, dunnihaṭaṃ, na puna haritabbanti vivādādhikaraṇe labbhanti, avinicchitaṃ, duvinicchitaṃ, puna vinicchitabbanti āpattādhikaraṇe labbhanti. Avūpasantaṃ, duvūpasantaṃ, puna vūpasametabbanti kiccādhikaraṇe labbhantīti aṭṭhakathānayo, pāḷiyaṃ panettha mukhamattameva dassitaṃ.
392. 第三类应知十二种过失。其中,「未作之甘马」、「恶作之甘马」、「应再作之甘马」,见于诤诤事中。「未撤除」、「恶撤除」、「应再撤除」,见于争论诤事中。「未判决」、「恶判决」、「应再判决」,见于犯罪诤事中。「未平息」、「恶平息」、「应再平息」,见于事务诤事中。此为注疏之说法,而巴利原典于此处仅示其纲要而已。
Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 举罪学处注释已毕。
4. Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā4. 粗恶学处注释
§399
399. ‘‘Pārājikānīti atthuddhāravasena dassitānī’’ti kathaṃ viññāyatīti ce? Parivārapāḷito. Vuttañhi tattha ‘‘āpattādhikaraṇapaccayā kati āpattiyo āpajjati. Āpattādhikaraṇapaccayā catasso āpattiyo āpajjati. Bhikkhunī jānaṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti pārājikassa. Vematikā paṭicchādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa. Bhikkhu saṅghādisesaṃ paṭicchādeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ācāravipattiṃ paṭicchādeti , āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (pari. 290). Pārājikaṃ paṭicchādento bhikkhu anāpatti, no āpattiṃ āpajjati avuttattāti ce? Na, saṃkiliṭṭhena cittena paṭicchādane vinā āpattiyā asambhavato. Dukkaṭavāre vattabbāpi pārājikāpattiyo paṭhamaṃ atthuddhāravasena saṅghādisesehi saha vuttattā na sakkā puna vattunti na vuttāti veditabbā.
399. 若问:「『巴拉基咖诸条』乃就摄义而示」,此义如何得知?由《附随》巴利文可知。彼处所说:「以犯罪诤事为缘,犯几种罪?以犯罪诤事为缘,犯四种罪:比库尼明知而覆藏巴拉基咖法,犯巴拉基咖罪;有疑惑者覆藏之,犯土喇吒亚罪;比库覆藏桑喀地谢萨,犯巴吉帝亚罪;覆藏威仪过失,犯恶作罪。」(《附随》290)若问:「覆藏巴拉基咖之比库无罪,并未说其犯罪,何故如此?」答:不然。因为若无染污心之覆藏,则不可能成罪。应知:在恶作条目中本应提及的巴拉基咖罪,因已于摄义中与桑喀地谢萨诸条一同首先说明,故不能再次宣说,是以未再提及。
Yāva koṭi na chijjatīti cettha yo antamaso paṭicchādanatthaṃ aññassa ārocetu vā, mā vā, paṭicchādanacitteneva āpattiṃ āpanno. Tassa puna aññassa paṭicchādanatthaṃ anārocaneneva na koṭi chinnā hoti, kiṃ puna paṭinivattitvā vacanena payojananti na antimassa anārocanena chinnā hoti, appaṭicchādanena eva chinnā hoti, tato appaṭicchādanatthaṃ apubbassa ārocetabbaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya koṭi chinnā hoti, tadabhāvo paṭinivattitvā appaṭicchādanatthaṃ ārocetabbaṃ, evampi koṭi chinnā hotīti evaṃ no paṭibhātīti ācariyo. Tatiyena dutiyassāti ettha ‘‘dutiyo nāma paṭhamo’’ti vadantānaṃ ‘‘vatthu puggalo na vattabbo’’ti vāritattā na sundaraṃ. Aññassa catutthassa ārocanepi na sundaraṃ. Kasmā? Pubbeva sutvā aññassa anārocitattā. ‘‘Sutena aññassa ārocetabbaṃ siyā’’ti vadanti.
「乃至末端未断」——此处,即便某人最终仅为覆藏之目的而向他人告知与否,只要以覆藏之心而犯罪,则仅凭不向他人告知,其末端尚未断除,何况以回转之语言,故末端并非因最后一人之不告知而断除,而是唯以不覆藏方得断除。此后,为不覆藏之目的,应向未曾知情者告知,自此末端方得断除。若无此情形,则应回转而为不覆藏之目的告知,如此末端亦得断除——老师说:「此义于我并不明显。」「以第三者告知第二者」——此处,有人说「所谓第二者即是第一者」,然因「不应说所涉之人」之禁制,故此说不妥。向另一第四者告知亦不妥。为何?因为在此之前已听闻而未向他人告知故。有人说:「凭所听闻,应可向他人告知。」
Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 粗恶学处注释已毕。
5. Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā5. 未满二十岁学处注释
§404
404. Punappunaṃ uppajjanato bahudhā. Hāyanavaḍḍhananti mātukucchismiṃ ce dvādasannaṃ māsānaṃ ūnatāya hāyanaṃ kataṃ. Pasūtassa vaḍḍhanaṃ kātabbaṃ. Mātukucchismiṃ ce vaḍḍhanaṃ kataṃ. Pasūtassa hāyanaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nikkhamanīyapuṇṇamāsī nāma sāvaṇamāsassa puṇṇamāsī. ‘‘Pāṭipadadivaseti dutiye upagacchati divase’’ti likhitaṃ. So hi pasūtadivasato paṭṭhāya paripuṇṇavīsativasso hoti. Avasesānaṃ dvinnaṃ vassānaṃ adhikadivasāni honteva, tasmā nikkaṅkhā hutvā upasampādenti. Taṃ sandhāyāti gabbhavassañca pavāretvā laddhavassañca agaṇetvā jātadivasato paṭṭhāya gaṇetvā ekūnavīsativassaṃ. Ekūnavīsativassoti ‘‘gabbhavassaṃ eva pahāyā’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ dullikhitaṃ.
404. 因反复生起,故为多种。「减少与增加」——若在母胎中因不足十二个月而作了减少,则出生后应作增加。若在母胎中作了增加,则出生后应作减少。「出胎之满月」即沙瓦纳月之满月。有记载说:「『初一日』即进入第二日之日。」彼人自出生之日起算,已满二十岁。其余两年的额外日数本已存在,因此可无疑虑地为其授达上。「就此而言」——即不计胎中之年,亦不计受戒所得之年,而自出生之日起算,为十九岁。「十九岁」——有记载说「仅舍弃胎中之年」,此乃误记。
§406
406.Aññaṃ upasampādetīti upajjhāyo vā ācariyo vā hutvā upasampādeti. ‘‘Opapātikassa soḷasavassuddesikabhāvato puna cattāro vasse atikkamitvā upasampadā kātabbā’’ti ācariyā vadantīti keci.
406. 「为他人授达上」——即作为依止师或教授师而为其授达上。有些老师说:「化生者因以十六岁为基准,故应再经过四年后方可授达上。」
Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 未满二十岁学处注释已毕。
6. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā6. 盗贼武器学处解释
§409
409. Theyyasattho ce suddhamātugāmo dve āpattiyo. Atha bhikkhuniyo, samayo rakkhati. Theyyasatthabhāvassa ṭhānaṃ katvā rakkhaṇīyattā sahadhammikānaṃ rakkhatiyevāti eke. Theyyabhāve na sahadhammikatā, tasmā na rakkhati evāti eke. Apārājikatheyyabhāve sati sahadhammikabhāvoti ce? Itarasmiṃ itaranti samayo anissaṭo āpajjati. Bhikkhu theyyasattho ce, yathāvatthukameva. Theyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññī saddhiṃ saṃvidhāyāti ca. ‘‘Saddhi’’nti padaṃ kesuci natthi, taṃ ananurūpaṃ. Tathā dutiyepi.
409. 若以盗心同行者为净女居士,则犯两罪。至于比库尼众,则时机保护之。有一说认为:因其具有盗心同行之情形,须加保护,故对同法者亦予保护。另一说则认为:在盗心状态下,不具同法者身份,故不予保护。若问:在不犯巴拉基咖之盗心状态下,是否仍具同法者身份?答曰:于另一方对另一方而言,时机未脱离,即犯罪。若比库以盗心同行,则依实际情况而定。关于「以盗心同行者」与「具盗心同行之想」以及「共同约定」等语,「共同」一词在某些版本中不存在,其缺失是不恰当的。第二条亦同。
Theyyasatthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 盗贼武器学处解释完毕。
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā7. 约定学处解释
§412
412. ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthī’’ti ca pāṭho atthi, kesuci natthi. Natthibhāvo sundaro ‘‘tena kho samayenā’’ti adhikārattāti keci. Idha ekatoupasampannā, sikkhamānā, sāmaṇerīti imāpi tisso saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Imāsaṃ pana samayo rakkhati, ayamimāsaṃ, mātugāmassa ca viseso.
412. 另有「当时某一女人」之读法,在某些版本中则无此句。有论师认为,无此句之版本较为妥善,因「当时」一语已涵盖其义。此处,已受具足戒者、在学尼、沙玛内莉——此三者亦纳入摄类之中。然而,时机对此三者亦予保护,此乃此三者与净女居士之区别所在。
§414
414. Apicettha ‘‘viññū paṭibalā’’ti vacanato appaṭibalā anāpattivatthukāti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ dukkaṭavatthukattā. ‘‘Bhikkhu saṃvidahati, mātugāmo na saṃvidahati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Tathā hi upaparikkhitabbaṃ.
414. 此外,依据「智者能够」之语,有论师认为不能者不构成犯罪之事由,此说不当,因其属恶作之事由。经文明言:「比库约定,净女居士未约定,犯恶作。」应当如此加以审察。
Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 约定学处解释完毕。
8. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā8. 阿利德他学处解释
§417
417. Gahaṭṭhassāpi bhikkhunīdūsakakammaṃ mokkhantarāyikameva, tasmā tassa pabbajjāpi paṭikkhittā. Vipākantarāyikā ahetukattā. Pubbe sañcicca āpannā sammuṭṭhā suddhasaññino antarāyikā eva. Sesāti jātikā. Rasenāti bhāvena. Adhikuṭṭanaṭṭhenāti adhikaraṇaṃ katvā kuṭṭanaṭṭhena chindanaṭṭhena. Asisūnūpamā kusaladhammacchedanaṭṭhena. Sattisūlūpamā cittavitudanaṭṭhenāti porāṇā. Anāpattipāḷiyaṃ ‘‘ādikammikassā’’ti mukhāruḷhavasena likhitaṃ.
417. 对在家人而言,污辱比库尼之行为亦是解脱之障碍,故其出家亦被禁止。因无因根,故为果报之障碍。先前故意犯罪而后忘失、具清净之想者,亦为障碍。其余者属种姓之障碍。「以味」者,以其性质而言。「以砍断义」者,以作为对象而砍断、截断之义。以剑砧为喻,取其截断善法之义。以矛尖为喻,取其刺穿心识之义——此为古德之说。在无犯条文中,「最初犯者」一语乃依口诵传承而书写。
Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 阿利德他学处解释完毕。
9. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、与被举者共住学处之解释
§425
425. ‘‘Taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissaṭṭhenāti iminā laddhinānāsaṃvāsakataṃ dīpetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ticittanti ettha vipākābyākatacittena sahavāseyyaṃ kappeyyāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Aññathā sacittakattā sikkhāpadassa kiriyābyākataṃ sandhāya na yujjati.
425. 经言「未舍弃彼见者」,此语显示因见解不同而成别住之状态。关于「三心」,此处应理解为:可与果报无记心共住。否则,就该学处具有自心之性质而言,与行无记相联系则不相应。
Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 与被举者共住学处之解释已毕。
10. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、刺学处之解释
§428
428.Yatthate na passāmāti teti taṃ. Atha vā tava rūpādiṃ na passāma. Ayaṃ samaṇuddeso pārājiko hoti. ‘‘Sace taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjati, saṅghassa ārocetvā saṅghānumatiyā pabbājetabbo’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, taṃ na yuttaṃ, daṇḍakammanāsanā hi idhādhippetā. Yadi so pārājiko, liṅganāsanā nāma siyā. Te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyāti ca diṭṭhi satthari asatthādidiṭṭhi na hoti. Sace sā yassa uppajjati, so pārājiko hoti, tasmimpi evameva paṭipajjitabbaṃ saṃvare atiṭṭhanto liṅganāsanāyeva nāsetabboti ācariyassa takko.
428. 「我等于彼处不见汝」者,「彼」即「汝」。或另解为:我等不见汝之色等。此沙玛内拉犯巴拉基咖。古德注释中言:「若彼舍弃此见,应禀告僧团,经僧团同意后令其还俗。」此说不当,因此处所意指的是以惩罚甘马令其灭摈。若彼已犯巴拉基咖,则应称为形相灭摈。「彼等受用之,不足以成为障碍」——此见解并非对导师持无导师等之邪见。若此见生起于某人,彼即犯巴拉基咖,对彼亦应同样处置:不住于律仪者,应以形相灭摈令其灭摈——此为该论师之推论。
Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 刺学处之解释已毕。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena sappāṇakavaggo sattamo. · 依解释次第,有生命品第七已完结。
8. Sahadhammikavaggo
8. 同法品
1. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、与法者共住学处之解释
§434
434. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
434. 同法学处,义理显明,无需另释。
2. Vilekhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、毁訾学处注释
§438
438.Āpattiñca satisammosāyāti ettha ca-saddo kattabbañca na karotīti dīpeti, na cattāri evāti vuttaṃ hoti. Raṭṭhekadeso janapado. Buddhakāle ariṭṭhakaṇṭakā sāsanapaccatthikā. ‘‘Nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti vacanena hi te bhagavato asabbaññutaṃ dīpenti. Parinibbute bhagavati dasavatthudīpakā vajjiputtakā. Te hi vinayasāsanapaccatthikā. Parūpahārādivādā pana suttantābhidhammappaccatthikā. Ke pana te? Ekacce mahāsaṅghikādayo, na sabbeti dīpanatthaṃ ‘‘parūpahārā…pe… vādā’’ti visesanavacanamāha. Tattha ye kuhakā pāpicchakā abhūtaṃ ullapitvā paṭiladdhavarabhojanāni bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī niddaṃ okkamitvā sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ pattā, aññehi taṃ disvā ‘‘atthi arahato sukkavissaṭṭhī’’ti vutte ‘‘mārakāyikā upasaṃharantī’’ti vatvā janaṃ vañcenti. Ye ca sammāpaṭipannā akuhakā, tepi taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā keci taṃdiṭṭhikā honti adhimānino ca. Attano sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ passitvāpi nādhimuccanti, anadhigate adhikatasaññinova honti. Tathā atthi arahato aññāṇakaṅkhāvitaraṇā nāmagottādīsu viya saccesu paravitaraṇā parehi paññattā nāmānīti adhippāyo yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbo. Tattha vinayadharo ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso , yaṃ arahato asuci mucceyya (kathā. 313; mahāva. 353). Diṭṭhadhammā…pe… aparappaccayā satthusāsane’’tiādīni (mahāva. 30) suttapadāni dassetvā te sāsanapaccatthikesu niggahitaṃ niggaṇhātīti adhippāyo. Itare ‘‘pariyatti mūla’’nti vādino. ‘‘Pātimokkhe uddissamāne’’ti nidānavasena vuttaṃ. Tathāgatassa vibhaṅgapadāni siddhāni. Siddheyeva kiṃ imassa aṅgāni? Garahitukāmatā upasampannassa santike sikkhāpadavivaṇṇanañcāti.
438. 「以及犯罪与念失」——此处「以及」一词,表明「应作之事而不作」之义,意谓并非仅有四事。「地方」者,即一国之一区域。佛陀时代,阿利吒刺棘族人乃教法之敌。彼等以「不足以成障碍」之语,显示世尊非一切知者。世尊般涅槃后,宣扬十事的跋耆子族人,乃律教之敌。至于「夺他所有」等论说,则为经藏与阿毗达摩之敌。彼等究竟是谁?某些大众部等人是也。为表明「并非一切」,故以「夺他所有……等论说」作为特指之语。其中,有些虚伪、欲望恶劣之人,捏造不实之事,骗取上等饮食享用,念失而沉入睡眠,遂有精液流出。他人见此,说道:「阿拉汉亦有精液流出。」彼等便答:「是魔众所为」,以此欺骗众人。而那些正行修道、非虚伪之人,听闻此语后,有些便持此见,且生增上慢。即便亲见自身精液流出,亦不信受,对于未证之事,反生已证之想。同样,「阿拉汉有疑惑之断除」——此义应理解为:如同对名、姓等事之断除,乃是对谛之断除,是由他人所施设之名称——此意趣应依情况适当配合。在此,持律者引示「诸比库,此事无有可能、无有余地,谓阿拉汉会流出不净」(《论事》313;《大品》353),以及「现见法……乃至……于师教法不依赖他人」(《大品》30)等经文句,对彼等教法之敌予以折伏——此为其意趣。其余人则主张「学处以学习为根本」。「在诵巴帝摩卡时」,此乃就缘起而说。如来的分别文句已成立。既已成立,何须此学处之支分?乃为欲呵责者,以及在受具足戒者面前毁谤学处之故。
Vilekhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 毁訾学处注释完毕。
3. Mohanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、佯装无知学处注释
§444
444. Mohanasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
444. 痴乱学处,义理显明,无需另释。
4. Pahārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、击打学处注释
§452
452.Rattacittoti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena. Viheṭhetukāmaṃ pana disvā ‘‘sace ahaṃ imaṃ māremi, natthi me mokkho’’ti cintetvā kupito sattasaññaṃ purekkhatvā pahāraṃ deti, tassa yathāvatthukameva.
452. 「心染欲」——谓对身体接触之贪欲。然而,见到欲加伤害者,心想:「若我杀此人,则无解脱之道」,因而生嗔,以有情想为先,给予打击——对彼,则依实际情况判定。
Pahārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 击打学处注释完毕。
5. Talasattikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā五、举掌威胁学处注释
§456
456. ‘‘Kāyaṃ vā kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ vā’’ti (pāci. 456) vacanato kāyādīsu yaṃ uccāreti , taṃ talaṃ nāma. Talameva talasattikaṃ. Pothanasamatthaṭṭhena sattikanti eke. Taṃ ‘‘uppalapattampī’’ti iminā niyameti. Evaṃ kupitā hi kopavasena pothanāsamatthataṃ avicāretvā yaṃ kiñci hatthagataṃ paṭikkhipanti, sukhasamphassampi hotu, pācittiyameva. Yasmā paharitukāmatāya pahaṭe purimena pācittiyaṃ. Kevalaṃ uccāretukāmatāya uggiraṇamatte kate iminā pācittiyaṃ. Iminā pana virajjhitvā pahāro dinno, tasmā na paharitukāmatāya dinnattā dukkaṭaṃ. Kimidaṃ dukkaṭaṃ pahārapaccayā, udāhu uggiraṇapaccayāti? Pahārapaccayā eva dukkaṭaṃ. Purimaṃ uggiraṇapaccayā pācittiyanti sadukkaṭaṃ pācittiyaṃ yujjati. Purimañhi uggiraṇaṃ, pacchā pahāro. Na ca pacchimapahāraṃ nissāya purimaṃ uggiraṇaṃ anāpattivatthukaṃ bhavitumarahatīti no takkoti ācariyo. ‘‘Tena pahārena hatthādīsu yaṃ kiñci bhijjati, dukkaṭamevā’’ti imināpi pahārapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ. Uggiraṇaṃ yathāvatthukamevāti siddhaṃ, suṭṭhu vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. ‘‘Tiracchānādīnaṃ asucikaraṇādīni disvā kujjhitvāpi uggirantassa mokkhādhippāyo evā’’ti vadanti.
456. 依「身体或与身体相连之物」(《巴吉帝亚》456)之语,凡对身体等所抛出之物,名为「掌」。掌本身即为「掌投」。有人说,「投」之义在于具有击打之能力。以「乃至莲花叶」之语对此加以限定。如此嗔怒之人,因嗔恚之力,不加考量是否具有击打能力,凡手中所持之物皆予抛出——即便是触感柔软之物,亦犯巴吉帝亚。由于以欲打击之心而打击,依前者犯巴吉帝亚。仅以欲抛出之心,于抛出之际,依此者犯巴吉帝亚。然而,依此者失手而给予打击,故非以欲打击之心所给予,犯恶作。此恶作究竟是以打击为缘,还是以抛出为缘?乃以打击为缘而犯恶作。前者以抛出为缘犯巴吉帝亚——如此则「连同恶作之巴吉帝亚」方为合理。盖前者为抛出,后者为打击;而后之打击,不应使前之抛出成为无犯之事——老师认为此推论不妥。「以该打击致使手等任何物破损,亦仅犯恶作」——由此亦可知,以打击为缘犯恶作,抛出则依实际情况判定,此义已成立,应善加审察。有人说:「见旁生等排泄不净之物而生嗔,抛出者,其意趣亦唯在于解脱。」
Talasattikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 举掌威胁学处释已结束。
6. Amūlakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā六、无根学处释
§462
462.Upasampanne anupasampannasaññī amūlakena saṅghādisesenāti sukkavissaṭṭhikāyasaṃsaggādinā saṅghādisesāpattiyā vatthunāti veditabbaṃ. Na hi anupasampannassa saṅghādisesāpatti nāma atthi.
462. 「對已受具足戒者作未受具足戒者想,以無根據之桑喀地謝薩」——此應理解為:以精液漏出、身體接觸等桑喀地謝薩罪之事緣。蓋未受具足戒者,本無所謂桑喀地謝薩罪故。
Amūlakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 无根学处释已结束。
7. Sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā七、故意学处释
§468
468.Ūnavīsativasso maññeti ettha sayaṃ saññāya tathā amaññanto kukkuccuppādanatthaṃ ‘‘maññe’’ti vadanto kiṃ musāvādena kāretabboti? Na siyā aṅgasampattiyā, na ca kevalaṃ ‘‘maññe’’ti iminā niyamato aṅgasampatti hoti. Paramatthavihitaṃ katthaci hoti. ‘‘Udakaṃ maññe āditta’’ntiādimhi paro kukkuccaṃ uppādetu vā , mā vā, taṃ appamāṇanti mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘kukkuccuppādana’’nti tassa adhippāyavasena vuttanti.
468. 「認為不足二十歲」——此處,若自己並非如此認為,卻為引起追悔而說「我認為」,是否應以妄語論處?就要素具足而言,不應如此。且僅憑「我認為」一語,並不必然構成要素具足。究竟義之規定,於某些情況下方成立。如「我認為水已燃燒」等語,對方是否因此生起追悔,皆不可量度——此乃《摩德伽注疏》(《疑惑度脫注疏》故意學處釋義)中,依其意趣而說「引起追悔」之義。
Sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 故意学处释已结束。
8. Upassutisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、偷听学处释
§473
473.Imesaṃsutvāti ettha ‘‘vacana’’nti pāṭhaseso. Ekaparicchedānīti siyā kiriyā siyā akiriyāti iminā nayena ekaparicchedāni. Ettha kiñcāpi aññavādakapaccayāpatti kiriyā ca vihesakapaccayāpatti akiriyā ca, tadubhayaṃ pana ekasikkhāpadanti katvā taṃ aññavādakasaṅkhātaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ siyā kiriyā paṭhamassa vasena, siyā akiriyā dutiyassa vasenāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
473. 「聽聞此等」——此處「語言」為文本之餘義。「各為一類」——或為作為、或為不作為,依此方式各為一類。此處,雖然異語者緣之罪屬作為,惱害者緣之罪屬不作為,然將此二者合為一學處,則該被稱為異語者之學處:就第一者而言或為作為,就第二者而言或為不作為——應如此理解其義。
Upassutisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 偷听学处的注释已结束。
9. Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、阻挠甘马学处的注释
§474
474. ‘‘Dhammikānaṃ kammāna’’nti (pāci. 475) vacanato ekacce bhikkhū dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ ‘‘chandaṃ dammī’’ti chandaṃ denti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattameva, na paṭipatti. Adhammaṃ nissāya khiyyati, taṃ vā ukkoṭeti, anāpatti neva hotīti? Na, tathā chandadānakāle akatvā pacchā adhammakammakhiyyanādipaccayā anāpattivāre vuttattā. Adhammena vā vaggena vā na kammārahassa vā kammakaraṇapaccayā āpattimokkhakaraṇato avisesameva tathāvacananti ce? Na, chandadānakāle adhammakammakaraṇānumatiyā abhāvato, kārakasseva vajjappasaṅgato ca. Gaṇassa dukkaṭanti ce? Pārisuddhichandadāyakāva te, na gaṇo akammappattattā, parivārepi (pari. 482 ādayo) kammavagge kammappattachandadāyakā visuṃ vuttā. Tathāpi adhammakammassa chando na dātabbo dente akappiyānumatidukkaṭato. Tattha hi yojanadukkaṭato na muccantīti no takkoti ācariyo.
474. 由「合法羯磨」(《巴吉帝亞》475)之語,某些比庫對合法羯磨給予欲,說「我給予欲」,此僅為彼等之意見,並非實踐。若依非法而訶責,或翻覆之,豈非無罪?非也——因為如此之語,是在給予欲之時未作此事,而後於非法羯磨訶責等緣之無罪條款中所說故。若謂:或因非法、或因分裂僧團、或因對不應受羯磨者作羯磨之緣,而免除罪責,故無差別而作如此之語?非也——因為給予欲之時,並無對非法羯磨作為之認可,且過失應歸於作者本身故。若謂:眾之惡作如何?彼等乃是清淨欲之給予者,並非僧團,因未達羯磨之資格;於《附隨》(《附隨》482以下)羯磨篇中,達羯磨資格之欲給予者亦另行說明。縱然如此,對非法羯磨之欲不應給予,給予者犯認可不如法之惡作。於此,因不免連結惡作,故老師說:此非正理。
Kammapaṭibāhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 阻挠甘马学处的注释已结束。
10. Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、未给同意而离去学处的注释
§481
481. Sannipātaṃ anāgantvā ce chandaṃ na deti, anāpattīti eke. Dukkaṭanti eke dhammakammantarāyakaraṇādhippāyattā. Saṅghamajjhe chandaṃ dātuṃ labhatīti keci. Dinnachande saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā puna gatepi chando na paṭippassambheyyāti ce? Paṭippassambhati. Kasmā? ‘‘Ahatthapāso chandāraho’’tiādīhi virujjhanato. Pāḷiyaṃ pana dātukāmatāya hatthapāsaṃ atikkamantaṃ sandhāya vuttanti keci.
481. 若未來集會而不給予欲,某些人說:無罪。某些人說:犯惡作——因有意妨礙合法羯磨故。某些人說:可於僧團中間給予欲。若謂:已給予欲後,進入僧團中間,再度離去,欲是否消解?欲得消解。為何?因與「未在手觸範圍內者有資格給予欲」等語相違故。然而,巴利文中,某些人說:此乃就欲給予者超越手觸範圍之意圖而說。
Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 未给同意而离去学处的注释已结束。
11. Dubbalasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十一、羸弱学处的注释
§484-5
484-5.Adāsīti apaloketvā adāsi. Bhikkhūti ettha te chabbaggiyā attānaṃ parivajjayitvā ‘‘saṅgho’’ti avatvā ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti āhaṃsu. Pariṇāmentīti nenti. Tattha lābhoti paduddhārakaraṇaṃ idha anadhippetassapi yassa kassaci atthuddhāravasena lābhadīpanatthaṃ. Cīvarameva hi idhādhippetaṃ, teneva ‘‘aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ dinnaṃ khīyati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Dinnanti ca parikkhāranti ca bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ.
484-5. 「給予」——未求聽而給予。「比庫們」——此處,六群比庫們迴避自身,不說「僧團」而說「比庫們」。「轉讓」——即引導。其中「利益」一詞,此處為提取份額之行為,乃為說明利益而作,即便是非所意圖者之任何人之份額提取亦然。此處所意圖者唯為袈裟,正因如此,才說「給予其他資具者,訶責之,犯惡作罪」。「所給予者」與「資具」,皆為處格用於業格之語。
Dubbalasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 弱学处解释完毕。
12. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā12. 转施学处解释
§491
491. Ñātakampi parassa dātukāmaṃ aññassa dāpeti, āpatti eva. Sabbattha āpucchitvā dātukāmaṃ yathāsukhaṃ vicāretuṃ labhati.
491. 即使想要布施亲族之物给他人,若令他人代施,亦有罪。一切处,询问后欲施者,得随意考察。
Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 转施学处解释完毕。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena sahadhammikavaggo aṭṭhamo. · 依解释次第,如法品第八完毕。
9. Ratanavaggo
第九、宝经品
1. Antepurasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā1. 内宫学处解释
§494-7
494-7. Yathā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsati, evamākārena nārahatāyaṃ puriso pāpo hotuṃ, na hoti pāpoti attho, kāraṇatthaṃ vā. Tanti nipātamattaṃ, yatoti vā attho. Hatthisammaddanti saṅghāṭasammaddo, akkamanaṃ cuṇṇatāti attho.
494-7. 如同亲近世尊之方式,以此方式,此恶人不应成为不值得者,意为不成为恶人,或为因义。『Ta』者,仅为语助词,或为『yato』之义。『象践踏』者,桑喀帝之践踏,意为踩踏成粉碎。
§498
498.Ratanaṃ nāma aggamahesī, tathāpi idha aññāpi devigottā na rakkhati, anāpattivāre ‘‘na mahesī hotī’’ti vacanābhāvato. Sace khattiyova hoti, nābhisitto. Abhisittoyeva hoti, na khattiyo rakkhatīti ācariyo. Anāpattivāre mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ aṅgabhāvena ca vuttattā abhisittabhāvovapamāṇaṃ. Sesaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedoti eke.
498. 『宝』者,名为第一王后,然此处其他天女族亦不守护,因无罪情况下无『非王后』之说。若仅为刹帝利,则未受灌顶。若已受灌顶,则非刹帝利守护,此为老师说。因无罪情况下于母论注疏中以支分形式说及,故受灌顶性为量。余者为最高限定,某些人如是说。
§500-501
500-501. ‘‘Na sayanighare sayanigharasaññī’’ti tikacchedopi ettha labbhati. Na sayanigharaṃ nāma aparikkhittarukkhamūlādi.
500-501. 『非卧处屋而有卧处屋想』,此处亦得三重断。『非卧处屋』者,名为未围护之树下等。
Antepurasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 内宫学处解释完毕。
2. Ratanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、宝物学处注释
§504
504. ‘‘Adhivāsentu gahapatino bhatta’’nti ca ‘‘me gahapatino’’ti ca atthi.
504. 有『愿居士们接受食物』及『我之居士们』二说。
§506
506.Kurundivacanena gharepi yadi bhikkhū āsaṅkanti, tattha ṭhatvā ācikkhitabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Patirūpāti ‘‘ratanasammate paṃsukūlaggahaṇaṃ vā ratane nirussukkagamanaṃ vā’’ti likhitaṃ. ‘‘Tāvakālikavasenapi anāmāsaṃ paṭiggaṇhituṃ na labhatī’’ti vadanti. Samādapetvāti yācitvā ‘‘uddissa ariyā tiṭṭhanti, esā ariyāna yācanā’’ti (jā. 1.7.59) vuttanayena.
506. 依咖伦地之语,即使在家中,若比库们有疑虑,应站在那里告知,如是所说。『适当』者,书中写道:『在宝物认可之处取尘堆衣,或为宝物而无病前往。』有人说:『即使依暂时之缘,也不得不触而接受。』『使之作』者,即乞求之,依『为尊者们而立,此乃尊者们之乞求』所说之方式。
Ratanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 宝物学处注释结束。
3. Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、非时入村学处注释
§511-2
511-2. Ahinā ḍaṭṭhavatthumhi so bhikkhu santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā gato, tassa kukkuccaṃ udapādi. Adinnādāne vuttanayenāti gāmo gāmūpacāroti idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
511-2. 在被蛇咬之事例中,彼比库未问在场之比库而去,彼生起疑悔。『依不与取中所说之方式』者,指『村落、村落附近』,关于此而说。
Vikālagāmappavisanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 非时入村学处注释结束。
4. Sūcigharasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、针盒学处注释
§517
517.Tanti bhedanakaṃ. Assāti pācittiyassa paṭhamaṃ bhedanakaṃ katvā pacchā desetabbattā. Esa nayo itaresupi.
517. 『那』者,分析句。『应』者,因应先作巴吉帝亚之第一分析句,后说之故。此方式在其余诸处亦同。
§520
520.Vāsijaṭeti vāsidaṇḍake.
520. 『瓦西札德』者,在斧柄上。
Sūcigharasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 针盒学处注释结束。
5. Mañcasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā5. 床学处的解释
§521-2
521-2. ‘‘Ucce mañce’’ti ca ‘‘uccā mañce’’ti ca katthaci. Āyatoti vitthato. Aṭṭhaṅgulapādakanti bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgulappamāṇaṃ pādakaṃ vā.
521-2. 『在高床』与『从高床』,在某些地方。『长』者,宽也。『八指足』者,修饰中性词,或是八指量之足。
Mañcasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 床学处的解释已完结。
6. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā6. 棉花褥学处的解释
§528
528.Poṭakitūlanti yaṃ kiñci tiṇatūlaṃ. Paṭilābhena uddāletvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbanti ettha kiñcāpi paṭilābhamatteneva pācittiyanti viya dissati, paribhogeyeva pana āpatti daṭṭhabbā, ‘‘aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vacanaṃ ettha sādhakaṃ.
528. 『波德咖图喇』者,任何草絮。『以获得而挖出后应说巴吉帝亚』,在此虽然看似仅以获得即成巴吉帝亚,然而应见罪在受用,『他人所作,获得后受用,犯恶作罪』之语句在此为证。
Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 棉花褥学处的解释已完结。
7. Nisīdanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā7. 坐具学处的解释
§531
531. Kiñcāpi nisīdanassa jāti na dissati ettha, tathāpi cīvarakkhandhake anuññātattā, ‘‘nava cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātabbānī’’ti ettha ca pariyāpannattā cīvarajātiyevassa jātīti veditabbā. ‘‘Santhatasadisaṃ santharitvāti sadasa’’nti pubbe vuttanisīdanasanthatattā upameti. Lābhe sadasaṃ, alābhe adasampi vaṭṭatīti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ. ‘‘Nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti tassa saṇṭhānaniyamanato.
531. 虽然坐具的种类在此处未见明示,然而由于它已在衣篇集中被开许,且被纳入「应受持九种衣」之列,故应知其种类即属衣类。「如同铺展物般铺展」——此乃以「如同铺展物」作比喻,是因为前文已说坐具具有铺展物的性质。有人说:「得到时须如铺展物,未得到时不如铺展物亦可。」此说不当,因为「坐具即称为铺展物」乃是对其形状的规定性界定。
Nisīdanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 坐具学处的解释已完结。
8. Kaṇḍupaṭicchādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā8. 疮痂覆盖学处解释
§539
539. Yadi kaṇḍupaṭicchādi nāma adhonābhi ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalā uppannakaṇḍupīḷakādipaṭicchādikā adhippetā, tassa sugatassa sugatavidatthiyā dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo tiriyaṃ dveti idampi atimahantaṃ pamāṇaṃ dissati. Sabbo hi puriso attano attano vidatthiyā sattavidatthiko hoti, sugatassa ca ekāvidatthi majjhimassa purisassa tisso vidatthiyo honti, tasmā kaṇḍupaṭicchādi pakatipurisassa pamāṇaṃ āpajjati tiriyaṃ, dīghaso pana diguṇaṃ āpajjatīti. Āpajjatu, ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo tassā, ce icchati, sabbampi sarīraṃ paṭicchādessati, sabbasarīragatasaṅghāṭi viya bahuguṇaṃ katvā nivāsetukāmo nivāsessatīti ayaṃ bhagavato adhippāyo siyā.
539. 若所谓「痒疮遮覆衣」是指用于遮覆脐以下、膝盖以上所生痒疮等患处之衣,则以善逝张手量计,纵向四张手、横向二张手,此尺寸看来已相当宽大。盖一般人以各自的张手量计,身高为七张手;而善逝的一张手量等于普通人的三张手,因此痒疮遮覆衣横向已达普通人的尺寸,纵向则达两倍之多。纵使如此,此乃其最大限量——若有意愿,可遮覆全身;如同遍覆全身的桑喀帝衣一般,若欲多层折叠穿着亦可——此或为世尊之本意。
Kaṇḍupaṭicchādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 疮痂覆盖学处解释已毕。
9. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā9. 雨浴衣学处解释
§542
542.Vassikasāṭikāpi ukkaṭṭhapaṭicchedavasena anuññātā. Vassakāle keci saṅghāṭiparibhogeneva paribhuñjissantīti ayaṃ bhagavato adhippāyo siyā. Kiñcāpi iminā takkena anuññātā, ‘‘appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍupaṭicchādiyo dhārenti, vassikasāṭikāyo dhārentī’’ti imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ paññattattā pana aññathā puṇṇaparicchedato adhikappamāṇāyo te bhikkhū dhāresunti katvā etaparamatā tāsaṃ anuññātāti veditabbā. Eseva nayo dasamepi.
542. 雨浴衣亦依最大限量而被开许。雨季时,有些人将仅凭借桑喀帝衣来使用——此或为世尊之本意。虽然此衣依此推理而被开许,然而由于「不量痒疮遮覆衣、穿着雨浴衣」此事项中已有明文制定,故应知:彼等比库穿着超过足量尺寸之衣,因此以此为其最高限量而被开许。第十条亦依同理类推。
Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 雨浴衣学处解释已毕。
10. Nandattherasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā10. 难德长老学处解释
§551
551. Tattha bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karotīti dīghaso bahūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sādhāraṇatthaṃ karotīti yujjati.
551. 其中,「制作坐垫或枕头」——解释为「制作供众多比库共用之物」,此说合理。
Nandattherasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 难德长老学处解释已毕。
Samatto vaṇṇanākkamena ratanavaggo navamo. · 依解释次第,第九宝品已圆满。
Pācittiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 巴吉帝亚篇解释结束。
6. Pāṭidesanīyakaṇḍo6. 应悔过篇
1. Paṭhamapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā1. 第一应悔过学处解释
§553-5
553-5. ‘‘Paṭidesetabbākāradassana’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā pāḷiyaṃ āgatavaseneva āpatti desetabbā, na aññathā. ‘‘Antaraghare antaragharasaññī’’tiādinā ca ‘‘khādanīyabhojanīye akhādanīyaabhojanīyasaññī’’tiādinā ca ‘‘bhikkhuniyā abhikkhunisaññī’’tiādinā ca nayena aparepi tayo tikacchedā yojetvā dassetabbā.
553-555. 由于「应悔过之表达方式」已在注疏中说明,故应依巴利原文所载之方式忏悔罪过,不得以其他方式。又依「在俗家中、作俗家想」等,以及「将可嚼食物与可食食物误认为不可嚼食物与不可食食物」等,以及「将比库尼误认为非比库尼」等方式,其余三组三分科亦应配合运用加以说明。
Paṭhamapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一应悔过学处解释结束。
2. Dutiyapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā2. 第二应悔过学处解释
§559
559. ‘‘Nimantitā bhuñjantīti pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantitā bhuñjantī’’ti kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, atha kho akappiyanimantanena nimantitatā ettha na aṅgaṃ, mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ vā idha vā anāpattivāre lesābhāvato, tasmā ‘‘nimantitā’’ti padassa attho pubbe āciṇṇavaseneva vutto. Aparepi tayo tikacchedā yojetvā dassetabbā padabhājane vuttattāti veditabbaṃ. Yathā tathā hi bhuñjantānaṃ tādisaṃ bhikkhuniṃ avārentānaṃ pāṭidesanīyameva. ‘‘Esā vosāsati nāma, vosāsantī’’ti ca duvidho pāṭho. ‘‘Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre’’ti vacanena puna ‘‘gārayhaṃ āvuso dhamma’’nti ekavacanaṃ viruddhanti. Paṭhamaṃ ajjhohāreyeva āpannaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tathā aññatrāpi āgacchati ‘‘āpajjimhā’’ti vacanato. Ekena bahūnampi vaṭṭatīti keci, taṃ na sundaraṃ. ‘‘Tehi bhikkhūhī’’tiādinā pāṭhe vuttattāti mama takko. Ekena saheva ‘‘ahaṃ āpajji’’ntipi vattabbanti ekena dvīhi tīhi desetabbato, sabbehi evaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Āpajjimhāti sahevā’’ti vadanti. Ekena ce avārito, ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, gārayhaṃ dhammaṃ āpajji’’ntipi vattabbaṃ.
559. 虽然已说「受邀者食用——即受邀以五种食物之一食用者」,然而以不如法之邀请而受邀,在此并不构成要素,因为在摩德里咖注疏或此处的无罪条款中均无此方便说法,故「受邀者」一词之义乃依惯例而说。其余三组三分科亦应配合运用加以说明,因为已在词句分析中说明。无论以何种方式食用,若不阻止如此行事之比库尼,即犯应悔过。「她称为指示者、正在指示」——此有两种读法。以「每次吞咽、每次吞咽」之语,再说「具寿,我犯了应受呵责之法」用单数,似有矛盾。此乃就第一次吞咽时即已犯罪而言,其他地方亦有「我们犯了」之语可作佐证。有人说一人可代表多人,此说不甚妥当——依我之推断,乃因正文中已说「由彼等比库等」。与一人同时亦应说「我犯了」——因为须向一人、两人、三人忏悔,故所有人均可如此说。他们说「『我们犯了』即是共同」。若仅被一人阻止,亦应说:「具寿,我犯了应受呵责之法。」
Dutiyapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二应悔过学处之解释已毕。
§562-570
562-570. Tatiyacatutthasikkhāpadāni uttānatthāniyeva.
562至570.第三、第四学处,义理显明,无需另加解释。
Pāṭidesanīyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 应悔过篇之解释已毕。
7. Sekhiyakaṇḍo七、应学法篇
1. Parimaṇḍalavaggavaṇṇanā一、周圆品之解释
§576
576.‘‘Sikkhitasikkhenāti catūhi maggehī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā aṭṭhaṅgulamattaṃ otāretvā nivatthameva nisinnassa caturaṅgulamattaṃ hoti, tasmā ubhopete aṭṭhakathāvādā ekaparicchedā, ‘‘aḍḍhateyyahattha’’nti sukhumaṃ, ekapattaṃ vā sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tañhi yathāṭhānena tiṭṭhati. Dupaṭṭaṃ sandhāya ‘‘dvihatthappamāṇampī’’ti vuttanti upatissatthero. Ekapaṭṭaṃ, dvipaṭṭaṃ vā heṭṭhimaparicchedena ‘‘dvihatthappamāṇa’’nti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañhi nissaggiyaaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tiriyaṃ dvihatthopi vaṭṭatī’’ti, tañca kho alābhe eva ‘‘alābhe tiriyaṃ dvihatthappamāṇampi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttattā. Idaṃ sabbaṃ adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Viruddhaṃ disvā sajjetabbaṃ. No ce sajjeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Sacittakaṃ paṇṇattivijānanacitteneva ‘‘anādariyaṃ paṭiccā’’ti vuttattā, na vatthuvijānanacittena ‘‘idamevaṃ kata’’nti jānatopi āpattiyā abhāvato. Phussadevattheravādopi ekena pariyāyena yujjati. Tathā upatissattheravādopi. Paññattepi sikkhāpade apaññattepi yaṃ pakatiyā vajjaṃ, taṃ lokavajjaṃ. Idaṃ pana paññatteyeva vajjaṃ, nāpaññatte, tasmā itaralokavajjena asadisattā na lokavajjaṃ. Paṇṇattito paṭṭhāya vajjato paṇṇattivajjaṃ. Anādariyacitteneva āpajjitabbattā sacittakaṃ, tassa cittassa tivedanattā tivedanaṃ. Yasmā anādariyacittatā nāma kevalaṃ akusalameva, tañca pakatiyā vajjaṃ, tasmā idaṃ lokavajjaṃ. Sañcicca vītikkamanaṃ nāma domanassikasseva hotīti dukkhavedanaṃ. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘pāṇātipātādi viya nivāsanādidoso lokagarahito na hotīti paṇṇattivajjanti phussadevatthero’’ti likhitaṃ.
576.「『以学而学』者,以四道」如是所说。因为下垂八指量而穿着时,坐者仅有四指量,故此二注疏说法为一段,「二肘半手」是细说,或依单衣而说。彼如其位而住。依双衣而说「二肘量亦可」,伍巴提萨长老如是说。应知单衣或双衣,依下限而说「二肘量」。于尼萨耆亚注疏中说「横二肘亦可」,且唯于不得时「不得时横二肘量亦可」如是所说故。此一切依决意而来者而说。见相违应缝合。若不缝合,恶作。有意者,唯以了知制定之心「缘于不恭敬」如是所说故,非以了知事物之心,即使知「此如是作」,亦无犯故。普萨迭瓦长老说亦以一理相应。如是伍巴提萨长老说亦然。于已制定学处或未制定学处中,凡本性为过失者,是世间过失。然此唯于制定时为过失,非未制定时,故因与其他世间过失不同,非世间过失。从制定起为过失,故为制定过失。唯以不恭敬心应犯故,为有意;彼心有三受故,为三受。因为不恭敬心性唯是不善,且彼本性为过失,故此为世间过失。故意违犯唯属忧者故,为苦受。然于结颂中写「如杀生等,着下衣等过失非世间所呵责,故为制定过失,普萨迭瓦长老如是说」。
§577
577.Vihārepīti buddhupaṭṭhānādikāle, tasmā ‘‘pārupitabba’’nti uttarāsaṅgakiccavasena vuttaṃ. Paṭhamadutiyasikkhāpadesu pariḷāhādipaccayā kappati, na antaragharapaṭisaṃyuttesu.
577.「于精舍中亦」者,于礼佛等时,故「应披着」依上衣作用而说。于第一、第二学处中,因热恼等缘故开许,非于与村落相连者中。
§582
582.‘‘Ekasmiṃpana ṭhāne ṭhatvā’’ti ettha ‘‘gacchantopi parissayābhāvaṃ oloketuṃ labhatiyeva. Tathā gāme pūja’’nti likhitaṃ, taṃ pana ‘‘ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhatvā’’ti vuttattā tādisaṃ antarāyaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
582.「于一处立」此中「行者亦得观察无危难。如是于村中受供」如是所写,然因说「于一处立」故,应知依如是障碍而说。
Parimaṇḍalavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 周圆品之解释已毕。
2. Ujjagghikavaggavaṇṇanā二、嬉笑品之解释
§586
586.Hasanīyasminti hetvatthe bhummaṃ, hasitabbavatthukāraṇāti attho. Antaraghare uccāsaddena anumodanādiṃ karontassa anāpatti kira. Tathā hi mahindattheropi hatthisālādīsu mahājanassa kathesi.
586.「『应笑者』」,处格为因义,应笑之事物原因之义。于村落中以高声作随喜等者无犯,据说。如是玛兴德长老亦于象厩等处向大众说法。
§591
591. Keci bhikkhū ‘‘parikkhāraṭṭhapanamattena vāsūpagato hotī’’ti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattameva. Bhikkhuniyo ce vāsūpagā honti, bhikkhunupassayova kappiyabhūmi. ‘‘Yattha bhikkhuniyo ekarattampi vasanti, ayaṃ bhikkhunupassayo’’ti (pāci. 161) vacanato tāsaṃ samīpaṃ vā tāhi gahitavāsāgāraṃ vā ‘‘gacchāmī’’ti gacchato yathāsukhaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Na hi tāvatā taṃ gharaṃ antaragharasaṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti no takkoti ācariyo.
591. 有些比库说「仅以置资具而成住者」,彼唯是彼等之见而已。若比库尼为住者,比库尼住处即为净地。「凡比库尼住一夜之处,此为比库尼住处」依此语,往彼等近处或彼等所取住所「我去」而去者,随意去可。非以此量彼屋成村落数,非推论,老师如是说。
Ujjagghikavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 伍基咖品释毕。
3. Khambhakatavaggavaṇṇanā三、堪巴咖品释
§604
604. Sūpo pattappamāṇavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttākāro. Oloṇī vuccati kudhitaṃ, gorasato pūrā thūpitoti attho.
604. 「汤与钵量」一节中所说之形式。「无盐者」,谓已捣碎,意为从乳酪汁中预先堆积。
§605
605.Heṭṭhā orohatīti ettha ‘‘orohanappamāṇe sati ekadese thūpīkatepi anāpattī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Pattassa pana heṭṭhā ca upari ca paduminipaṇṇādīhi paṭicchādetvā odahantiyā laddhaṃ nāma vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vadanti. Ettha ‘‘yasmā ‘samatittiko piṇḍapāto paṭiggahetabbo’ti vacanaṃ piṇḍapāto samapuṇṇo paṭiggahetabboti dīpeti, tasmā attano hatthagate patte piṇḍapāto diyyamāno thūpīkatopi ce hoti, vaṭṭatīti dīpeti. ‘Thūpīkataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’ti hi vacanaṃ paṭhamaṃ thūpīkataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ pacchā paṭiggaṇhato, āpattīti dīpeti. Pattena paṭiggaṇhato cepi thūpīkataṃ hoti, vaṭṭati athūpīkatassa paṭiggahitattā. Payogo pana natthi aññatra pubbadesā’’ti ca ‘‘samatittikanti vā bhāvanapuṃsaka’’nti ca vadanti, tasmā vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ.
605. 于「向下降落」此处,有说「若有降落之量,于一部分堆积亦无罪」。又有说「然而于钵之下方及上方以莲叶等覆盖而放置者,所得者名为许可」。于此,「因『应受持与钵边齐平之团食』之语句显示应受持平满之团食,故于自己手中之钵,团食被施与时,即使堆积,亦为许可」,如是显示。「受持堆积之团食者,犯恶作罪」此语句显示,先堆积团食,后受持者,有罪。即使以钵受持时堆积,亦为许可,因受持时未堆积故。然而除前部分外,无适用。又有说「『与边齐平』或为中性名词」,故应审察而取。
Khambhakatavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 堪巴咖品释毕。
4. Sakkaccavaggavaṇṇanā四、萨咖吒品释
§609
609.Sūpodanaviññattisikkhāpade ‘‘sūpo nāma dve sūpā’’ti na vuttaṃ sūpaggahaṇena paṇītabhojanehi avasesānaṃ sabbabhojanānaṃ saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ. Anāpattivāre cassa ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ aññassatthāya attano dhanenā’’ti idaṃ adhikaṃ. Katthaci potthake ‘‘anāpatti asañcicca asatiyā ajānantassa gilānassa āpadāsū’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, taṃ na, ‘‘samasūpakaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjissāmī’’ti imassa anāpattivāre ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti katthaci likhitaṃ, tañca pamādavasena likhitaṃ. ‘‘Mukhe pakkhipitvā puna vippaṭisārī hutvā ogilitukāmassapi sahasā ce pavisati, ettha ‘asañciccā’ti vuccati. Viññattampi aviññattampi ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitaṃ sahasā anupadhāretvā gahetvā bhuñjanto ‘asatiyā’ti vuccatī’’ti likhitaṃ, anāpattivāre ekaccesu potthakesu ‘‘rasaraseti likhitaṃ, taṃ gahetabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
609. 于「汤饭告知学处」中,未说「汤者,谓二种汤」,以汤之摄取,为摄取除美妙食物外之一切余食之故。于其无罪段中,「亲族者、已请者、为他之利益、以自己之财」此为额外。于某些写本中,仅说「无罪者,无意、失念、不知、病者、难时」如此而已,此不然。「我将食用等量汤之团食」此之无罪段中,于某处书写「为他之利益」,此乃因放逸而书写。书写「放入口中后,再生悔意,欲吞咽者,若突然进入,于此称为『无意』。已告知与未告知,置于一处,突然未思量而取而食者,称为『失念』」。于无罪段中,某些写本中书写「味味」,有说「此应取」。
Sakkaccavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 萨咖吒品释毕。
5. Kabaḷavaggavaṇṇanā五、咖巴喇品释
§618
618.‘‘Sabbaṃ hattha’’nti vacanato ekadesaṃ mukhe pakkhipantassa anāpattīti ekacce. ‘‘Sabbanti vacanato ekadesampi na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ yuttaṃ anāpattivāre avisesitattā.
618. 有人谓,从「一切手」之语句,将一部分放入口中者无罪。有说「从『一切』之语句,一部分亦不许可」,此为正确,因无罪段中未作区别故。
§624
624.Sitthāvakārake ‘‘kacavaraṃ chaḍḍentaṃ sitthaṃ chaḍḍiyyatī’’ti ca ‘‘kacavaraṃ chaḍḍento’’ti ca pāṭho.
624. 于「残渣制作者」中,「弃舍糟粕时,残渣被弃舍」与「弃舍糟粕」,此为读法。「冷却者」,谓冷却。书写「『希拉咖佛陀』者,此仅为圣者们之戏言」。
Kabaḷavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 食团品注释结束。
6. Surusuruvaggavaṇṇanā六、啜吸作声品注释
§627
627. ‘‘Surusuru’’nti ca ‘‘surosuro’’ti ca pāṭho. Sītīkatoti sītaṅko. ‘‘Silakabuddhoti ariyānaṃ parihāsavacanameveta’’nti likhitaṃ.
627. 「苏儒苏儒」与「苏罗苏罗」,此为读法。「冷却者」,谓冷却。书写「『希拉咖佛陀』者,此仅为圣者们之戏言」。
§631
631.Paṭikkūlavasenāti ettha yadi paṭikkūlavasena paṭikkhittaṃ, ‘‘seyyathāpi kāmabhogino’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Na hi te paṭikkūlaṃ karontīti ce? Na, issariyaliṅgavasena gahaṇasambhavato. Te hi anādarā honti. Pattadhovananti pattadhovanodakaṃ bhojanapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ.
631.所谓事物逆顺者,如此处若是以逆顺的方法排除,则不可言『譬如欲乐者』。因为他们岂不造成逆顺乎?不也。因权势标志的秘密原因。他们确实无礼。所谓水波者,即与食物相关联的水。
§634
634. ‘‘Chattapādukāya’’nti ca ‘‘chattapāde’’ti ca pāṭho.
634.“以伞与履”为读,亦作“以伞足”。
§637
637.Cāpoti sattakhādanavadho. ‘‘Sesā sabbā dhanuvikati kodaṇḍe paviṭṭhā’’ti ca likhitaṃ, paṭimukkanti pavesitaṃ, laggitaṃ hotīti attho.
637.又作七日杀。写有『剩余皆入弦弓陷阱中』,意指被陷入、进入、缠绕。
Surusuruvaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 啜吸作声品注释结束。
7. Pādukavaggavaṇṇanā七、鞋履品注释
§640
640. Sayaṃ yānagato hutvā, yathā yānagatassa ve.
640.亲自登上车后,如同车主一般。
Alaṃ vattuṃ tathā nālaṃ, sachatto chattapāṇino.
如此因缘,不如此,正如伞持住者。
Yathā ettha, evaṃ aññatrāpi.
如是之义,于此,亦复如彼。
§647
647.Chapakavatthusmiṃ ‘‘sacāhaṃ na labhissāmī’’ti pāṭho, ‘‘dasa ce na labhissāmī’’ti ca atthi, ‘‘vatthusmiṃ agilānassā’’ti ca āgacchati, taṃ na sundaraṃ, sikkhāpadeyeva sundaraṃ. Thomitoti ahampi jānāmīti sambandho . Yā dhanayasalābhasaṅkhātā vutti vinipātena hoti samparāye apāyesu vinipātahetu hutvā pavattati. Atha vā vinipātenāti hetvatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, vinipātanāya pavattatīti adhippāyo. Adhammacaraṇena adhammacaraṇāya. ‘‘Asmā kumbhimivā’’ti ca paṭhanti.
在第647节章中,有一段解释:“章节中有‘我必不获得’的说法,也有‘若十者皆不获得’的句子,再有‘章节中不安者归来’之语,这些并不美好。唯有戒律章节本身是美好的。『Thomitoti ahampi jānāmīti』此话有所联系。所谓财富及其福报名义的表达,因业报而有毁坏,此即因堕入恶趣而生毁坏,因缘而生。或者因缘说中,‘业报生起’是作用、一种正在发生之义。以不善行为为条件,不善行为所导致。有人也诵读‘如我之如桶’之句。”
Pādukavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 鞋履品注释结束。
Pakiṇṇakavaṇṇanā杂项注释
Kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhahantīti katvā ‘‘samanubhāsanasamuṭṭhānānī’’ti vuttāni. Samanubhāsanaṃ kiriyaṃ. Imāni kiriyāni. Dhammadesanasamuṭṭhānāni vācācittatoti ettha kāyavacīviññattibhāvato ujjagghikauccāsaddādīsu viya ‘‘kāyavācācittato’’ti vattabbānīti ce? Na vattabbāni. Nisīdanagamanāhārapakkhipanādikāyaviññattiyā sabbhāvā tattha yuttaṃ, na dhammadesane tādisassābhāvā.
关于‘由身语意所起’的说法,说与‘共同显现的发生之义’有关。所谓共同显现乃行为。如这些力量皆为行为。身、语、意结合之义,在这里指身语意识的显现,似乎有震动、唤醒、呼喊等声音,所以用‘由身语意所起’是适当的表达。若仅说‘由身语意所起’,是否成立呢?不成立。因坐卧行止、饮食等都是身意识活动,故皆属此范围,这些并非法教示范例中该类意涵。
Pakiṇṇakavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 杂事注释已完。
Sekhiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 应学法篇注释已完。
8. Sattādhikaraṇasamathavaṇṇanā八、七止诤注释
‘‘Yebhuyyasikā kātabbā…pe… tiṇavatthārako kātabbo, so puggalo’’ti ca likhitaṃ.
『应当从事者……等……三事种子,应当为之之人』此句有记载。
Sattādhikaraṇasamathavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 七止诤注释已完。
Bhikkhuvibhaṅgo niṭṭhito. · 比库分别已完。
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · 礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
Bhikkhunīvibhaṅgavaṇṇanā · 比库尼分别注释
1. Pārājikakaṇḍavaṇṇanā一、巴拉基咖品注释
Ganthārambhavaṇṇanā
关于篇章开端之释义
Vibhaṅge viya bhikkhūnaṃ, vitthāramabhisaṅkhataṃ;
如同在《别解脱经》中为比库们详细阐述;
Akatvā bhikkhunīnampi, vakkhe gaṇṭhipadakkamaṃ.
即使未为比库尼所作,也论述章节之次第步骤。
Yo bhikkhunīnaṃ vibhaṅgo assa, tassa saṃvaṇṇanākkamo pattoti attho.
若比库尼之间有差错分歧者,即表示其未能履行相关义务,故此表达了归责之意。
Ganthārambhavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 造论开端注释结束。
1. Paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、第一巴拉基咖学处注释
§656-7
656-7. Tattha tattha ṭhānuppattikapaññā vīmaṃsā. Padapaṭipāṭiyā evāti mātikāpadapaṭipāṭiyā eva. ‘‘Vuttanti saṅgītikānaṃ upasaṅkappanānaṃ vibhājanaṃ vutta’’nti likhitaṃ.
656-657。在此处对各自立场的产生与判断进行了审察。所谓依词法规则处理,即指从根本条目入手详加分析。记载中称:‘这是对共相缘起的分支划分所作的陈述。’
§658
658. ‘‘Ehibhikkhunīti bhikkhunī, tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampannāti bhikkhunī’’ti idaṃ pana desanāvilāsavasena vuttanti eke. Aññabuddhakāle atthīti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ viya dissati amhākampi buddhakāle sambhavappasaṅgato, ehibhikkhuniyā paṭisedhachāyādissanato ca. Yathāha dhammapade visākhāvatthusmiṃ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1. visākhāvatthu) ‘‘tassa cīvaradānassa nissandena imaṃ mahālatāpasādhanaṃ labhi. Itthīnañhi cīvaradānaṃ mahālatāpasādhanabhaṇḍena matthakaṃ pappoti, purisānaṃ iddhimayapattacīvarenā’’ti. Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampannāya pana bhikkhuniyā sambhavo aññabuddhakāle kadāci siyā, nattheva amhākaṃ buddhakāle. Desanāvilāsena pana bhikkhudesanākkameneva bhikkhuniniddeso vutto, teneva bhikkhusaṅghavasena ekatoupasampannā bhikkhuniyo vijjamānāpi tattha na vuttā. Tāsaṃ atthitā imāya parivārakathāya veditabbā –
658。“此处谓比库尼为‘比库尼’,即已于三皈依中受具足戒。”此语于佛陀教法流传之时,以讲说风格出现。有些人认为该义于其他佛陀时期或不相契合,因为据我们佛陀时代资料看来,比库尼的反对之声犹存。譬如《法句经》维萨迦故事中说道:“依赖布施衣物,得以精进修行。女子因布施得衣壶,生男子则着神变衣。”由此见得,受三皈依具足戒者之比库尼,于其他佛陀时代曾出现,非唯我佛时代独有。因叙事风格仅限比库传讲,比库尼教学则未曾明言,即便当时有已具戒比库尼存在,亦未记载。此意通过本节旁涉说明,应予了知——
‘‘Ubho ekato upasampannā,
‘二者同日受具戒,
Ubhinnaṃ hatthato cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇheyya;
并由双方手接受法衣,
Siyā āpattiyo nānā,
任有种种过失,’
Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 479);
“问题,即这些问题是经过善巧思考的。”(註解 479)
Atha vā puthujjanakāle ehibhikkhusaraṇagamanena upasampannova itthiliṅgapātubhāvena bhikkhunibhāve ṭhitā purisūpasampannaṃ upādāya ‘‘ehibhikkhunī’’ti, ‘‘tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampannā bhikkhunī’’ti ca saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. No ce, taṃ vacanaṃ virujjheyyāti eke, vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Viññū paṭibalo’’ti dvinnaṃ avassavabhāvassa ijjhanato vuttaṃ. Ettha yasmā yaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ paṭiggaṇhantīnaṃ aggahatthā purisānaṃ hatthehi kadāci missībhāvaṃ gacchanti, vandantānaṃ vā purisānaṃ sirāni aggapādehi missitāni kadāci honti, kesacchedanakāle vā siraṃ purisānaṃ hatthehi missitaṃ hoti, cittaṃ nāmetaṃ atiraddhagavesi, durakkhiyaṃ vā, tasmā ‘‘mā atilahuṃ pārājikāpatti bhikkhunīnaṃ hotū’’ti buddhā bhagavanto kāruññena pārājikakkhettaparicchedaṃ, thullaccayakkhettaparicchedañca visuṃ visuṃ desesunti veditabbaṃ.
又或者,在普通人时代,通过这名比库尼依靠三皈依得以受具足戒,持守女比库尼的戒律时,因为她们具有男性比库众的品德而被称为“这位比库尼”,且称为“依靠三皈依而受具足戒的比库尼”,这是一种常见的称谓。若有人反对此种说法,就须经过细心思考才能接受。所谓“智者而无力”,是指这两种否定意见因无根基而产生的争执。在此,是因为凡接受世间一切饮食的男子,在手中时有时表现出类似奴仆的卑微姿态,或顶礼男子的头部,头发被割时,头被男子手触碰,这种心态非但不正当且脆弱,所以佛陀因慈悲而详细宣说违反巴拉基戒条和轻慢戒条的范畴,应当了知如此。
§659
659.Tabbahulanayenasā vuttāti ettha ayamanugaṇṭhipadakkamo – yebhuyyena kiriyasamuṭṭhānattā ‘‘kiriyasamuṭṭhāna’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyā’’ti avatvā pana ‘‘sādiyeyyā’’ti vuttattā akiriyatopi samuṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ. Yathā cettha, evaṃ heṭṭhā ‘‘manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa āpatti pārājikassā’’tiādinā nayena kiriyasamuṭṭhānataṃ vatvā tadanantaraṃ ‘‘bhikkhupaccatthikā…pe… so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassā’’tiādinā (pārā. 56) nayena akiriyasamuṭṭhānatāyapi vuttattā paṭhamapārājikassāpi tabbahulanayeneva kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā veditabbā. Na hi pavesanasādiyanādimhi kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā dissati. Aṅgajātacalanañcettha na sārato daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘so ce pavesanaṃ na sādiyati, paviṭṭhaṃ na sādiyati, ṭhitaṃ na sādiyati, uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassā’’ti (pārā. 58) ettha ṭhita na sādiyane pakatiyāpi paripuṇṇacalanattā. Sādiyanapaccayā hi sevanacalanañcettha na dissatevāti tabbahulanayeneva kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā gahetabbā. Tattha tattha aṭṭhakathāsu kasmā tabbahulanayo avuttoti ce? ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyyā’’ti (pārā. 39, 42) mātikāyaṃ kiriyasamuṭṭhānassa sarūpena vuttattā tadanurūpavasena vibhaṅganayamanoloketvā ‘‘kiriyasamuṭṭhāna’’micceva vuttaṃ. Yathā cetesu tabbahulanayena kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā vuttā, tathā surādīnaṃ akusaleneva pātabbatā, na itarathā ‘‘yaṃ akusaleneva āpajjati, ayaṃ lokavajjā, sesā paṇṇattivajjā’’ti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā) vutte lokavajjapaṇṇattivajjānaṃ niyamanalakkhaṇasiddhi hoti, tathā taṃ avatvā ‘‘yassā sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalameva hoti, ayaṃ lokavajjā. Sesā paṇṇattivajjā’’ti vutte lokavajjavacanaṃ niratthakaṃ siyā vatthuajānanapakkhepi akusaleneva pātabbattā. Yasmā tattha surāpānavītikkamassa akusalacittuppādo natthi, tasmā khandhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 108) ‘‘majjapāne pana bhikkhuno ajānitvāpi bījato paṭṭhāya majjaṃ pivantassa pācittiyaṃ, sāmaṇero jānitvā pivanto sīlabhedaṃ āpajjati, na ajānitvā’’ti vuttaṃ, na vuttaṃ ‘‘vatthuajānanapakkhe pāṇātipātādīnaṃ siddhikaraakusalacittuppādasadise cittuppāde satipi sāmaṇero sīlabhedaṃ nāpajjatī’’ti. Abhinivesavacanaṃ pāṇātipātādīhi samānajātikattā sāmaṇerānaṃ surāpānassa. ‘‘Surādayo panime’’ti vatthuṃ jānitvā pātabbatādivasena vītikkamantassa akusalassa asambhavo natthi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yassa sacittakapakkhe’’tiādi.
659. 警告的提出,是指此处所说的是行为发生之事——“行为发生”是指因施行法而起。虽然说“仍留有身体之接触”被称为“行为发生”,但是从“应当忍受”的义理看,亦有不视为行为发生的情况。譬如此处,以此规则说“三途人若违反人伦,犯有巴拉基戒”,继而指出“比库专用……假如发生这情况,为巴拉基戒”,由此便明白并非所有场合均为行为发生。肩臂运动如“不允许进入”、“不允许绽开”、“不允许站立”等,在这里“站立”不许,是因动作未完成而负全责。支持禁戒的条件,如动作的连续性,并未见于接触心意的起因上。因此这里的警告,是指行为发生的定义要采用更严格的标准。那么为何各家的论书不曾提及此警告呢?这是因为律章中说“若比库犯有破戒法”,广义地将行为发生完全列出,细分解释则使“不行为发生”的情形成立,但此为误解。如若依此警告说,醉酒等恶行是造作不善,按律定义应是犯戒,但又指出醉酒不一定发心不善,不因此造犯戒。本律论中说“若比库无知喝酒,因而犯有过失”,沙玛内拉明知喝酒违戒而犯戒,不明知不犯戒。又说“若明知喝酒而犯戒不适用”,是因知法不同。因沙玛内拉出于求取保护戒律之心,发心不同导致戒律效用不同。犹如饮酒导致同属不善行为的分别,故律文中有此种细分。若依警告理解,饮酒便属于犯戒,是不妥的。在此可见“饮酒相关的心念不善”要视具体心态决定,不可一概而论。
Kiñcettha yuttivacanena arahantānaṃ appavisanato sacittakācittakapakkhesu akusalaniyamoti ce? Na, dhammatāvasena sekkhānampi appavisanato. Acittakapakkhe akusalaniyamābhāvadassanatthaṃ supantassa mukhe pakkhittajalabindumiva surābinduādayo udāharitabbāti. Tabbahulanayena hi atthe gahite pubbenāparaṃ aṭṭhakathāya sameti. ‘‘Saddhiṃ pāḷiyā avisesattho parato āvi bhavissatīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Idamettha vicāretabbaṃ . Yadi vatthujānanapakkhe vinā akusalena majjapānaṃ siyā, kasmā nāḷimajjhaṃ nātikkamati ariyānaṃ pānakādisaññīnanti? Sīlabhedavatthuvītikkamo vināpi cittena ariyānaṃ dhammatāvaseneva na sambhavatīti ce, na, cakkhupālattheravatthu (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.1) ādivirodhatoti. Apica bhikkhunopi sāmaṇerassa viya surāpānaṃ sacittakameva kasmā na jātanti? Appatirūpattāti ce, sāmaṇerānampi appatirūpameva. Sahadhammikā eva hi te. Mahāsāvajjattāti ce? Sāmaṇerānampi tādisameva. Sāmaṇerānaṃ sacittakameva pārājikaṃ, itaraṃ daṇḍakammavatthūti ce? Bhikkhūnampi majjapāne natthi. Ettha tikapācittiyena na bhavitabbaṃ. Majje amajjasaññissa dukkaṭāpatti paññāpetabbā siyā. Bhikkhussa pācittiyavatthu sāmaṇerānaṃ pārājikaṃ hoti tiracchānagatasāmaṇerānaṃ viyāti ce? Acittakampi majjapānādīnaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ pārājikaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ siyā. Nācittakaṃ pārājikaṃ sambhavatīti ce? Na, paṇṇattivajjampi pārājikaṃ sambhavatīti. Nikāyantarapakkhe ayameva doso. Amhākañhi lokavajjameva majjapānanti. Kasmā panettha surāpānameva dhammatāvasena ariyā na karontīti? Na kevalaṃ surāpānameva dhammatāvasena ariyā na karonti, pāṇesupi kodhavasena pāṇasaññitāya sīsacchedanādīni na karonti, sadārasaññāya paradāraṃ na vītikkamanti, anatthabhañjakasaññāya atthabhañjakamusā na vadanti, sammādiṭṭhisaññāya micchādiṭṭhiṃ na paṭipajjantīti veditabbā. Ācariyāpi surāpāne akusalaniyamābhāvameva vadanti, tasmā eva mātikāṭṭhakathāya gaṇṭhipade lokavajjapaṇṇattivajjādhikāre ‘‘sacittakapakkheakusalanti surāpānādisaṅgahatthaṃ, itarathā yassa akusalamevāti vadeyyā’’ti likhitaṃ. Kiriyasamuṭṭhānatā panassa tabbahulanayameva, na paṭhamapārājike. Kathaṃ? Kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadaṃ paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Ettha bhikkhussa ca bhikkhuniyā ca kāyasaṃsaggabhāve sati bhikkhunī kāyaṅgamacopayamānāpi citteneva adhivāsentī āpajjati, na evaṃ bhikkhu. Bhikkhu pana copayamānova āpajjati, evameva paṭhamapārājikepi copane sati eva āpajjati, nāsati. Pavesanaṃ sādiyatīti ettha pavesanasādiyanaṃ nāma sevanacittassuppādananti, evaṃ santepi ‘‘vīmaṃsitvā gahetabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
若有人觉得以合适措辞说阿拉汉偶有无意之不善行为为何也会不善?不,是不成行者即使偶有无意亦不是不善。为说明无意之不善缺乏,譬如嘴角滴水不可举例饮酒。警告中指出前后论书会合此义,言明“其它将来著作尚未出现”,此即所指。此处意欲探讨,如果不计实际心念而单论饮酒之不善,何以阿拉汉不会因饮酒而堕戒?戒律的违反不依赖某一特定行为的八法条文,因为总要考察心行。此说可由觉者所证实,如长老咯枳罗摩多示例反证。那为何比库尼被判饮酒犯戒而非男比库?因依戒体修行法,左边行礼比库尼执身体起戒体妨碍而犯戒,比库饮酒未必造犯戒,因其动作不同。饮酒是否允许入口,是指饮酒动作是否已成立,故须斟酌。
Paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一巴拉基咖学处注释结束。
2. Dutiyapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、第二巴拉基咖学处注释
‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ ayye jānaṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanna’’nti vacanato, ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ pārājikānaṃ aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanna’’nti (pāci. 666) vacanato, ante ‘‘uddiṭṭhā kho ayyāyo aṭṭha pārājikā dhammā’’tiādivacanato (pāci. 677), parivāre ‘‘sādhāraṇapaññatti ubhatopaññattī’’ti (pari. 201) vacanato ca bhikkhunivibhaṅgaṃ patvā bhagavā sādhāraṇāni sikkhāpadāni bhikkhūnaṃ uppannavatthusmiṃyeva ‘‘yā pana bhikkhunī chandaso methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso tiracchānagatenapi pārājikā hoti asaṃvāsā’’tiādinā nayena savisesampi avisesampi mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā anukkamena padabhājanaṃ, āpattibhedaṃ, tikacchedaṃ, anāpattivārañca anavasesaṃ vatvā vitthāresi. Saṅgītikārakehi pana asādhāraṇapaññattiyoyeva idha vitthāritāti veditabbā.
“尊者啊,你何以了解破戒之条文?”问及“八项破戒中的某一”,最后以“已明示八项破戒”作结。又说“一般的共通理解亦涵盖二者之共通”,这是《比库尼戒章》的开篇中说,佛陀为明示共通的戒条,建立戒版。世尊记述长篇戒律时,说“欲意私通即破戒”,对这条既有精细也有广泛的诠释,举例区分违犯种类、不同形式、以及例外情况。戒律中的过失、三分戒漏等,加以分类阐明。对于违犯的解释,有长篇及简化两种说法均有论述。
§666
666. Tattha ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ pārājikāna’’nti idaṃ kevalaṃ saṅgītikārakānaṃyeva nayato nikkhittavacanaṃ ito pubbe chaṭṭhasattamaṭṭhamānaṃ pārājikānaṃ apaññattattā. Bhagavatā pana idaṃ paññāpitamādisikkhāpadampi upādāya ‘‘channaṃ pārājikāna’’nti vuttaṃ siyā. Ito uddhaṃ paññattānipi upādāya ‘‘aṭṭhannaṃ pārājikāna’’nti vacanaṃ aparabhāge uppannanti ekacce ācariyā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘idañca pārājikaṃ pacchā paññattaṃ, tasmā ‘aṭṭhanna’nti vibhaṅge vutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ, tasmā aṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ matena siddhametaṃ yathāpaññattānukkamavaseneva saṅgītānīti. ‘‘Aññāsi’’nti pāṭho. Aññāsīti na gahetabbo. ‘‘Duṭṭhullasikkhāpade vuttanayenevā’’ti vacanato vajjapaṭicchādikaṃ yā paṭicchādeti, sāpi vajjapaṭicchādikaāyevāti siddhaṃ. Kiñcāpi vajjapaṭicchādanaṃ pemavasena hoti, tathāpi sikkhāpadavītikkamacittaṃ domanassikameva hotīti katvā ‘‘dukkhavedana’’nti vuttaṃ.
666. 在此“八项破戒”原是戒律教师所立,因而有前六七八项(旧规)破戒,佛陀曾基于戒条规定修订,因故称作“隐匿的破戒”,自此以后,以及后来的诠释,又称作“八项破戒”。某些老师有异说。论释中解释:“这亦是后世识别出的破戒,因此称为‘八项’。”故依逻辑顺序对增补破戒进行阐明。“Aññāsi”(知晓)为原文之一,实不应采纳。断恶宁为可取,此中说明戒条背弃的恶趣。部分戒师中带有以爱心制戒的态度,然而戒律被破坏则生苦。
Dutiyapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二巴拉基咖学处注释已完毕。
3. Tatiyapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、第三巴拉基咖学处注释
§669
669.Imaṃ adhippāyamattanti ‘‘codetvā sāretvā’’ti etaṃ. Etthāyaṃ vicāraṇā – yo bhikkhu ukkhittakabhikkhunā samānadiṭṭhiko laddhinānāsaṃvāsako hoti, so avandanīyo, kammākamme ukkhittako viya na gaṇapūraṇo, sahaseyyampi na labhati, na tathā bhikkhunī. Sā hi yāva na samanubhaṭṭhā, tāva gaṇapūrakā ca hoti, saṃvāsañca labhati. Laddhinānāsaṃvāsikānuvattikāpi ukkhittānuvattikāva hoti. Ukkhitto ce kālaṅkato, tadanuvattako bhikkhu laddhinānāsaṃvāsako hotiyeva. Tathā vibbhantepi tasmiṃ titthiyapakkantakepi sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitepīti eke. Tesaṃ matena ukkhittake tathābhūtepi bhikkhunī tadanuvattikā samanubhāsitabbāvāti āpajjati. Samanubhāsanakammaṃ saṅghāyattaṃ, saṅghena sañcicca purimakāpattiṃ apanetuṃ na yuttaṃ viya khāyati. Ukkhepanīyakammañca āpattiadassanamatte, appaṭikammamatte, kudiṭṭhiappaṭinissajjanamatte ca kariyati, tassa anuvattanamattena samanubhāsitvā sāsanato cāvetabbānīti na yuttanti ce? Na vattabbameva, idaṃ apārājikavatthūsupi tappasaṅgato, anaññavisayattā ca vinayassa.
此处所说的“借此权柄进行‘招呼与招集’”是指这一行为。关于此的思维——凡是与起立的比库同样观点、能与之共同住持且互相适应的人,是值得尊敬的;因如同起立的比库不视为杂乱无章,也不会轻易得到同伴,女性比库尼亦如是。因其未完全坚守所应行为,所以仍是能够得到同伴并共同住持。能适应与善于迎合的人,就如同那些起立者;倘若起立者有不洁之行,则那与之相应的比库便是善于适应的那类。就算与彼处持相异想法的外道存在,对于比库的教导而言,因他坚守沙马内基础法,依照那样看法,女性比库尼若同样适应,则应被视作与起立的人同样者。与教团相应的适应性行为,依教团所积累之先前罪业不宜轻率违反。若因显现犯戒、轻罪或戒外错误所起的违犯,应依轻重分别妥善处理。因其适应性行为,虽须受到戒律制约,亦不可偏离教法指引。若认为不应判断此法,则此事虽不及巴拉基(最重罚戒)戒律范畴,仍属戒律中所禁止之事。且不偏及他事,中不包含其他领域,故不可任意而为。
Tatiyapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第三巴拉基咖学处注释已完毕。
4. Catutthapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、第四巴拉基咖学处注释
§675
675. ‘‘Lokassādasaṅkhātassa mittasanthavassa vasena taṃ dassetuṃ kāyasaṃsaggarāgenāti vutta’’nti likhitaṃ. Tissitthiyoti tīsu itthīsu, tisso vā itthiyo. Taṃ na seveti tāsu na sevati. Anariyāti ubhatobyañjanā. Byañjanasminti attano byañjane. Na seveti na sevati. Na cācareti nācarati. Vaṇṇāvaṇṇoti dvīhipi sukkavissaṭṭhi. Gamanuppādananti sañcarittaṃ.
写有“因世俗众生,借助情感的执着,展现此类连结行为”为此语。‘三女性’意即三个女性,或者三名女性。‘不接纳’指两者均不具备此义。‘不圣’指两方都不具备圣迹征象。‘显象’指自身所表现的特征。‘不接纳’‘不服从’同义,不从、不游离。‘色相’二足鸟为具有羽毛有爪的鸟类。‘通过行动产生’即行为、行走、迁移等所形成之效。
§676
676.‘‘Nivatthaṃ vā pārutaṃ vā’’ti ettha nivatthassa vā pārutassa vā vatthassa gahaṇaṃ sādiyatīti attho.
这里说“关闭门扇或遮盖之布”,其义即指对于关闭的门或遮布所在的室内进行罩护。
Catutthapārājikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第四巴拉基咖学处注释已完毕。
Pārājikakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 巴拉基咖篇注释已完毕。
2. Saṅghādisesakaṇḍavaṇṇanā二、桑喀地谢萨品注释
1. Paṭhamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、第一桑喀地谢萨学处注释
§681
681.Āhatakoti ānīto, niyatakoti adhippāyo. Akappiyaaḍḍo nāma saṅghassa vā ārāmikapuggalassa vā vatthussa kāraṇā saṅghassa vārikabhāvena sayameva vā adhikaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā ‘‘amhākaṃ eso dāso, dāsī, vāpī, khettaṃ, ārāmo, ārāmavatthu, gāvo, gāvī, mahiṃsī, ajā, kukkuṭā’’tiādinā voharati, akappiyaṃ. ‘‘Ayaṃ amhākaṃ ārāmiko ārāmikā, ayaṃ vāpī itthannāmena saṅghassa hatthe dohanatthāya dinnā. Ito khettato ārāmato uppajjanakacatupaccayā ito gāvito mahiṃsito ajāto uppajjanakagorasā itthannāmena saṅghassa dinnā’’ti pucchite vā apucchite vā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Kata’’nti avatvā ‘‘karontī’’ti vacanena kira anenakataṃ ārabbha ācikkhitā nāma hoti. Gīvāti kevalaṃ gīvā eva hoti, na pārājikaṃ. Kārāpetvā dātabbāti ettha sace āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ hoti, tassa dhārā na kāretabbā, aññena pana ākārena saññāpetabbaṃ. ‘‘Ticittaṃ tivedana’’nti vuttattā ‘‘mānussayavasena kodhussayavasenā’’ti tabbahulanayena vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
所谓“受纳者”,意指被接纳进入。“固定者”,即受其权柄或控制。所谓不允许的(akappiya)包括教团内或托钵人所属场所中不该存放的物品,涵盖奴婢、仆役、水池、田地、静室、园宅、园中土地、牛、母牛、水牛、小羊、母鸡等诸类,持有或使用均属不当。若被问及其由来,应答说“这是我们所属的园林,园中水池亦名为‘此’,甚至是教团所承接的田地、园林土地,由此而来,包括牛等一切,均因与所属园地发生因缘而付予教团。” 若被问“谁做的”,应答“由其做”。此处“实际利用者”仅享有使用权,非巴拉基戒所规定的所有权。若此处有持有兵器,不能由他人持有,但可以以他物代替其名义使用。据说“三心三痛”即指以人为身份、以愤怒为身份之痛苦,相关述说应予了知。
Paṭhamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一桑喀地谢萨学处注释结束。
2. Dutiyasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、第二桑喀地谢萨学处注释
§683
683. Bhaṭiputtakānaṃ kumārabhaṭikānaṃ gaṇā bhaṭiputtagaṇā. Kappanti kappiyaṃ. Kappagatikanti kappiyasabhāvaṃ. Pakkantāsupīti attano parisaṃ ṭhapetvā itarāsu pakkantāsu. Paṇṇattiṃ ajānantā ariyāpi vuṭṭhāpentīti katvā vā kammavācāpariyosāne āpattikkhaṇe vipākābyākatasamaṅgitāvasena vā ‘‘ticitta’’nti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Pabbājane na dukkaṭa’’nti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
称呼“护卫子众”的少年护卫,是指护卫众弟子。‘护卫’即保护、守护。‘护卫性质’即具护卫性质的组织。‘旁出者’意指将其从自团体中分离至他处的行为。虽不明言,圣者亦应有所区别,故于修行辞别之时或违戒证实出现后等情况下,有称为‘三心’的说法,应详细了解。古时谓“出家非恶”,即表明出家之行非为恶行。
Dutiyasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二桑喀地谢萨学处注释结束。
3. Tatiyasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、第三桑喀地谢萨学处注释
§687
687.Bhaddākāpilānī mahākassapassa purāṇadutiyā kira. Ñātīnaṃ kulaṃ yasmiṃ gāmake, tadetaṃ gāmakaṃ ñātikulaṃ, kulasannihitaṃ gāmakaṃ agamāsīti attho. ‘‘Ajaṃ gāmaṃ netī’’tiādīsu viya vā dvikammikaṃ katvā gāmakaṃ agamāsi ñātikulaṃ agamāsītipi yujjati.
这指向“善庄园女”是大咖萨巴长老当年所知之二者之一。所谓亲属家族,是指居住村落的亲属群体,故该地村落即称亲属村落,亲族交织的村落即可谓之亲属聚居地。如说“未曾带领村民”之类,即表明村落现已属于亲属家族之范畴,且村落与亲属群体有密切联系。
§692
692. ‘‘Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ atikkāmentiyā’’ti vacanenapi evaṃ veditabbaṃ – vikālagāmappavesane dvinnaṃ leḍḍupātānaṃyeva vasena upacāro paricchinditabbo, itarathā yathā ettha parikkhepārahaṭṭhānaṃ parikkhepaṃ viya katvā ‘‘atikkāmentiyā’’ti vuttaṃ, evaṃ tatthāpi ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassā’’ti vadeyya. Yasmā pana tattha parikkhepārahaṭṭhānato uttari eko leḍḍupāto upacāroti adhippeto, tasmā tadatthadīpanatthaṃ ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ pana andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘parikkhepārahaṭṭhānaṃyeva ‘upacāra’nti sallakkhetvā parikkhepaparikkhepārahaṭṭhānānaṃ ninnānākāraṇadīpanatthaṃ ‘upacāraṃ okkamantassā’ti vuttaṃ pāḷivisesamasallakkhetvāva aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassa idha upacāro parikkhepo yathā bhaveyya, taṃ upacāraṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkamantassa āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ na gahetabbameva pāḷiyā visesasabbhāvatoti. ‘‘Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyātipi ekaccesu dissati, taṃ na gahetabbanti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘pāḷivisesamasallakkhetvā’’ti duvuttaṃ, kasmā? Vikālagāmappavesanasikkhāpadepi katthaci ‘‘upacāraṃ atikkamantassā’’ti pāṭho dissatīti, so andhakaṭṭhakathāpāṭhato gahitoti ācariyo. Aparikkhittassa upacārokkamanameva pāṭho yujjati, na atikkamanaṃ. Kasmā? Bahūsu ṭhānesu pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāhi virujjhanato, imasmiṃ vāpi sikkhāpade virujjhati. Kathaṃ? Gaṇamhā ohīyamānāya araññe āpatti hoti, na gāme. Atha ca pana nidassanampi ‘‘sikkhāpadā buddhavarenā’’ti (pari. 479) gāthā dassitā, tasmā upacārokkamanapariyāpannanadiṃ atikkāmentiyā hoti. Kiñca bhiyyo ‘‘gacchantassa catasso āpattiyo, ṭhitassa cāpi tattakātiādīnaṃ (pari. 475) parivāragāthānaṃ aṭṭhakathāhi upacārokkamanameva pāṭhoti niṭṭhaṃ gantabba’’nti ca vuttaṃ, suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā kathetabbaṃ.
「越无围墙村之近行处」一语,亦应如是知:于非时入村学处中,近行处应以二掷石之量来界定。否则,如于此处将围墙应立处作为围墙而说「越」,如是于彼处亦应说「越无围墙村之近行处」。然而,因为于彼处,从围墙应立处再往外一掷石之量为近行处,故为显示此义而说「入无围墙村之近行处」。至于安达咖注疏中所说:「将围墙应立处本身标识为『近行处』,为显示围墙与围墙应立处之差别原因,故说『入近行处』。不观察巴利特殊性,越无围墙村之近行处时,此处近行处如同围墙,越第一足时犯恶作,越第二足时犯巴吉帝亚」,此说不应采纳,因与巴利特殊性相违。「于某些处见『入无围墙村之近行处』,此不应采纳」,其他人如是说。其中「不观察巴利特殊性」一语重复,为何?因为于非时入村学处中,某处亦见「越近行处」之读法。老师说:此从安达咖注疏读法中取得。无围墙村之入近行处读法才合理,非越。为何?因于多处巴利与注疏相违,于此学处中亦相违。如何?从僧团分离者于林中有罪,非于村中。然而示例中显示「世尊所制学处」偈颂,故包含入近行处之河流越时有罪。何况「行者有四罪,住者亦如是」等围绕偈颂之注疏,应确定入近行处读法。应善加观察而说。
‘‘Padasā gamanameva hi idhādhippetaṃ, teneva paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmentiyātiādimāhā’’ti ettha vikālagāmappavesanasikkhāpadādīsu tadabhāvā yānena vā iddhiyā vā pavisato, addhānaṃ gacchato ca āpattīti dīpeti. Tattha asāruppattā āpattimokkho natthīti eke, vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ. Bhikkhunīvihārabhūmi ‘‘gāmantara’’nti na vuccati gāmantarapariyāpannāyapi kappiyabhūmittā. ‘‘Parato ‘sace bhikkhunīsu mahābodhiyaṅgaṇaṃ pavisantīsu ekā bahi tiṭṭhati, tassā āpattī’tiādivacanato bhikkhuvihāro na kappiyabhūmīti siddhaṃ, tasmā kañcinagare khandhadhammavihāro viya, kāvīrapaṭṭane sārīdhammavihāro viya ca aññopi so vihāro, tasmā sīmabaddhasukhatthaṃ gāmantarabhāve nirantarā adhiṭṭhānatthaṃ pavisantiyā, nikkhamantiyāpi gāmantarāpatti hotīti apare’’ti vuttaṃ. Catugāmasādhāraṇattāti ettha evaṃvidhe vihāre sīmaṃ bandhantehi cattāropi te gāmā sodhetabbāti veditabbā. Saṃvidahitvā bhikkhuniyā vā mātugāmena vā theyyasatthena vā saddhiṃ taṃ vihāraṃ okkamantiyā catasso āpattiyo ekatova honti. ‘‘Gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti vuttāti eke.
「于此处所意指者唯以足行走,故说越第一足等」,此处显示:于非时入村学处等中,因无彼,故以车乘或神通力入者、行路者有罪。其中,某些人说:因不相应故无免罪。应经考察而取。比库尼住处地「村间」不说,虽包含于村间,因是净地故。「其他人说:『若比库尼众入大菩提园时,一人住于外,彼有罪』等语,比库住处非净地,此已成立。故如某城之犍度法住处,如咖维拉巴德那之沙利法住处,其他住处亦然。故为结界之安乐,于村间状态时,为不断受持而入者、出者亦有村间罪』」,如是说。「四村共有」,此处应知:于如是住处结界者,彼四村亦应清净。与比库尼或女人或盗贼约定而入彼住处者,四罪一时成就。某些人说:「于村间村间犯巴吉帝亚」。
Dutiyapāduddhāre saṅghādisesoti ettha sace dutiyo pāduddhāro kappiyabhūmiyaṃ hoti, na saṅghādiseso, akappiyabhūmiyaṃ eva saṅghādiseso. ‘‘Ubhayatīresu vicaranti, vaṭṭatīti dassanūpacārassettha sambhavā’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ. Savanūpacāro hettha nadīpāre, gāmantare vā appamāṇanti. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘paratīrato nadiṃ otaritvā dassanūpacārato dārūni, paṇṇānivā maggitvā āneti, anāpatti. Ticīvarāni paratīre otāpeti, anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Orimatīrameva āgacchati, āpattī’’ti atikkamitukāmatāya paviṭṭhattā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Nhāyanādikiccena paviṭṭhānaṃ katthevālayasambhavā vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Gāmantare pamāṇanti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ paratīrato nadiṃ otaritvā dassanūpacārato dārūni paṇṇāni sakagāmato thokampi taraṇavārena na vaṭṭati kira nikkhamitvā pavisituṃ.
「举第二足时桑喀地谢萨」,此处若第二足举起于净地,非桑喀地谢萨;唯于非净地才是桑喀地谢萨。「于两岸游行,因此处见闻近行之可能而允许」,此所书写者合理。因此处于河对岸、村间,闻近行无量。然而安达咖注疏中说:「从对岸下河,从见近行处取薪、叶而来,无罪。三衣于对岸晒,无罪」。「仅来此岸,有罪」,因以欲越之心而入故说。「以沐浴等事而入者,于某处接触之可能允许」,如是说。「村间有量」,注疏中说:从对岸下河,从见近行处,从自村以薪叶,即使少许,以渡河之力,不允许出而入。
Agāmakearaññeti agāmalakkhaṇe araññeti attho. Iminā āpattikhettaṃ dassitaṃ. Yasmā idaṃ āpattikhettaṃ, tasmā yā bhikkhunupassayato gāmassa indakhīlaṃ atikkamati, sā asante gāme gaṇamhā ohīyanāpattiṃ āpajjati. Dassanasavanūpacārābhāvepi pageva gāme indakhīlātikkamanakkhaṇeyeva āpajjati. Sace tattha ekā bhikkhunī atthi, tassā dassanasavanūpacārātikkamanakkhaṇe āpajjati, araññamaggagamanakāle evāyaṃ vidhīti na gahetabbaṃ. Gāmato pana nikkhamantī ito paṭṭhāya āpajjatīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘agāmakaṃ arañña’’nti vuttaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘ārādhikā ca honti saṅgāhikā lajjiniyo, tā kopetvā aññattha na gantabbaṃ. Gacchati ce, gāmantaranadīpārarattivippavāsagaṇamhā ohīyanāpattīhi na muccatī’’tiādi. Tattha ‘‘gaṇamhā ohīyanāpatti sakiṃyevāpajjati. Itarā gāme gāme pāre pāre aruṇe aruṇe cāti veditabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘vuttañheta’’ntiādīni asādhakāni yathāsambhavaṃ gahetabbattā. ‘‘Mahābodhiyaṅgaṇantiādi evaṃ gāmassa āsannaṭṭhānepi imaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjatīti dassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti likhitaṃ.
「无村之林」者,具无村相之林之义。以此显示罪境。因此是罪境,故从比库尼住处越村之界标柱者,于无村时犯从僧团分离罪。即使无见闻近行,于越村界标柱之刹那即犯。若彼处有一比库尼,于越彼之见闻近行之刹那犯,不应取「唯于林间道路行走时此规则」。然而从村出者,为显示从此开始犯,故说「无村之林」。因为已说:「若彼等是可劝者、可摄受者、有惭者,激怒彼等不应往他处。若去,不免于村间、河对岸、夜别离、从僧团分离等罪」等。其中「从僧团分离罪仅犯一次。其他于村村、岸岸、黎明黎明」,应如是知,如是说。其中「因为已说」等,因应随可能而取,非能立。「大菩提园等,为显示即使于村之近处亦犯此罪而说」,如是书写。
Tatiyasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第三桑喀地谢萨学处释已竟。
4. Catutthasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、第四桑喀地谢萨学处释
§694
694.Paṭivattāti paṭivacanaṃ denti. Kammadosanti ‘‘anaññāya gaṇassa chandanti evamādī’’ti likhitaṃ. Kattabbaṭṭhānadosanti porāṇā. Kārakagaṇassāti kārakasaṅghassa. ‘‘Bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā’ti vuttattā kārakasaṅghopi ayamevāti ce? Paṭhamameva kārakasaṅghaṃ na āmantetvā balakkārenāyaṃ thullanandā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ osāresī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, tasmā kārakabhikkhūnaṃ sammukhāpi tesaṃ anumatiṃ paṭhamaṃ aggahetvā taṃ kammaṃ na paṭippassambhetabbanti siddhaṃ hoti, paṭippassaddhaṃ balakkārena na kātabbamevāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Bhikkhunīpi diṭṭhāvikammaṃ kātuṃ labhatī’’ti ca tattha vuttaṃ.
「答复」者,给予答复。「甘马过失」者,书写「如『不知僧团之欲』等」。「应作处过失」者,古师说。「作者僧团」者,作者僧伽。「若说『集合比库尼僧团』,此作者僧伽亦即此」耶?古义理足处中说:「最初未请示作者僧伽,此图拉南达以强力令彼比库尼还俗」,故成立:即使于作者比库众面前,最初未取得彼等之同意,不应使彼甘马平息,以强力不应使已平息者平息,此为所意。彼处亦说:「比库尼亦得作见罪甘马」。
§698
698.Asante kammakārakasaṅghe osāreti, anāpattīti ettha kittāvatā asanto nāma hotīti? Idaṃ sabbattha na vicāritaṃ. Kārakānaṃ kālakiriyāyāti eke. Ekassapi abhāvenāti eke. Ekasmiṃ rajjeti eke. Ekaraṭṭheti eke. Ekagāmeti eke. Ekasmiṃ āvāseti eke. Yattha sakkā apaloketunti eke. Antoaddhayojaneti eke. Tattha tasmiṃ āvāse asante kārakasaṅghe osāreti, anāpattīti idaṃ pasaṃsanti ācariyā. Yattha sakkā apaloketunti sāmīci.
「于无作甘马者僧伽时令还俗,无罪」,此处何时名为无?此于一切处未考察。某些人说:作者死亡时。某些人说:即使一人不在。某些人说:于一国。某些人说:一地区。某些人说:一村。某些人说:一住处。某些人说:于可求听处。某些人说:半由旬内。其中,老师们赞同:「于彼住处无作者僧伽时令还俗,无罪」。「于可求听处」,此为正确。
Catutthasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第四桑喀地谢萨学处释已竟。
5. Pañcamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā五、第五桑喀地谢萨学处释
§701
701.Etaṃna vuttanti bhikkhuniyā avassutabhāvo daṭṭhabboti etaṃ niyamanaṃ na vuttaṃ. Taṃ avacanaṃ pāḷiyā sameti. Katarapāḷiyāti? ‘‘Anavassutoti jānantī paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti imāya. Yadi hi puggalassa avassutabhāvo na pamāṇaṃ, kiṃ imāya pāḷiyā payojanaṃ, ‘‘anāpatti ubho anavassutā honti, anavassutā paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti ettakameva vattabbaṃ siyā. Attano hi anavassutabhāvoyeva pamāṇanti. Imassa pana anāpattivārassa ayamattho – ubho ce anavassutā, sabbathāpi anāpatti. Atha bhikkhunī anavassutā samānā avassutampi ‘‘anavassuto’’ti saññāya tassa hatthato paṭiggaṇhāti, evampi anāpattīti. Atha sā anavassutāpi aññaṃ anavassutaṃ vā avassutaṃ vā ‘‘avassuto’’ti jānāti, dukkaṭameva. Vuttañhetaṃ anantarasikkhāpade ‘‘kissa tvaṃ ayye na paṭiggaṇhāsīti. Avassuto ayyeti…pe… nāhaṃ avassutā’’ti.
「此未说」者,应见比库尼之不漏失性,此限定未说。彼不说与圣典相合。何圣典?即「知『不漏失』而受取」此圣典。若人之不漏失性非标准,此圣典有何用?仅应说「二者皆不漏失则无犯,不漏失者受取」如此而已。自己之不漏失性即是标准。然此无犯句之义为:若二者皆不漏失,一切无犯。若比库尼不漏失,以「不漏失」之想从漏失者手中受取,如是亦无犯。若彼虽不漏失,知其他不漏失者或漏失者为「漏失」,仅恶作。此于次学处已说「尊者,汝为何不受取?尊者,漏失……我非不漏失」。
Pañcamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第五桑喀地谢萨学处释已竟。
6. Chaṭṭhasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā六、第六桑喀地谢萨学处释
§705
705.Tenāti tasmā. Yasmā uyyojikā na deti na paṭiggaṇhāti, tasmā paṭiggaho na vijjatīti attho. Itarissā paribhogapaccayā. ‘‘Akusalacitta’’nti bāhullena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Vaṭṭatīti saññāya vadantiyāpi āpattī’’ti vadanti.
「因此」者,因彼。因使用者不给不受取,故受取不存在,此为义。对其他者为受用之缘。「不善心」以详说而说。「以『许可』之想而说者亦有犯」,彼等如是说。
Chaṭṭhasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第六桑喀地谢萨学处注释已终。
7. Sattamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā七、第七桑喀地谢萨学处注释
§712-4
712-4. Kammavācato pubbe āpannāpattiyo na paṭippassambhanti. Ñattiyā dukkaṭathullaccayā paṭippassambhanti saṅghādisese patteti porāṇā. Taṃ ‘‘ajjhāpajjantiyā’’ti pāḷiyā sameti. ‘‘Sutvā na vadantī’’ti ettha sace jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyabhayā na vadanti, anāpatti . ‘‘Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttattā ‘‘anāpatti asamanubhāsantiyā’’ti saṅghādisesaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
甘马语之前所犯之罪不止息。于白时恶作与土喇吒亚止息,于桑喀地谢萨得罪,古师如是说。彼与「正犯者」之圣典相合。「闻而不说」此处,若因生命梵行障碍之怖畏而不说,无犯。因说「于非法甘马有非法甘马想,犯恶作」,故「无犯于不共语者」就桑喀地谢萨而说。
Sattamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第七桑喀地谢萨学处注释已终。
8. Aṭṭhamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、第八桑喀地谢萨学处注释
§715
715.Paccākatāti parājitā. Kuladūsakasikkhāpadassa, imassa ca nidānamattameva nānākaraṇaṃ. Vuttañhi tattha ‘‘tassa vacanassa paṭinissaggāya eva vacanīyo, na kuladūsananivāraṇatthāyā’’ti. Evaṃ sante ubhopetā āpattiyo aññamaññaṃ sabhāgatthā, tasmā idaṃ tassa anupaññattisadisaṃ āpajjati, tato idaṃ niratthakameva āpajjatīti? Na evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vatthuvisesato, kammavācāvisesato ca ubhinnaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ.
「各别」者,巴拉基咖。坏族学处与此学处,仅因缘之制作不同。于彼处已说「仅为舍弃彼语而应说,非为防止坏族」。如是时,此二罪互为同类义,故此如彼之未制定,从彼此成无义耶?不应如是见。从事之差别、从甘马语之差别,二者有不同。
Aṭṭhamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第八桑喀地谢萨学处注释已终。
9. Navamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、第九桑喀地谢萨学处注释
§723
723. ‘‘Kāyikavācasikena saṃsaggenā’’ti pāṭhaseso.
「以身语之交往」为文句之余。
Navamasaṅghādisesasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第九桑喀地谢萨学处之解释完毕。
Saṅghādisesakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 桑喀地谢萨篇之解释完毕。
3. Nissaggiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā3. 尼萨耆亚篇之解释
1. Paṭhamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā1. 第一尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处之解释
§733
733. Paṭhamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadaṃ uttānameva.
第一尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处极明了。
2. Dutiyanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā2. 第二尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处之解释
§740
740. Vatthusampattattā vā na tassā anāpannakāmatāya vā anāṇattikatāya vā akālacīvaramadaṃsu. Yathādāne eva upanetabbaṃ, na bhājetabbaṃ puggalikattāti adhippāyo. Atthato hi itarampi yathādāne eva upanetabbameva. Gaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘ayyāya dammīti evaṃ paṭiladdhanti nissaṭṭhapaṭiladdhaṃ. Yathādāneti dāyakehi pariccattavidhānena. Upanetabbanti akālacīvarabhāvena bhājetabbanti adhippāyo. Idha bhājāpitāya laddhacīvarameva nissaggiyaṃ hoti, taṃ vinayakammaṃ katvāpi attanā na labhatī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yadi nissaṭṭhapaṭiladdhaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ siyā, ‘‘nissajjitabbaṃ saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā dadeyya, dadeyyuṃ, ayyāya dammī’’ti vuttattā tīṇipetāni padāni vattabbāni siyuṃ, tasmā na kevalaṃ nissaṭṭhapaṭiladdhameva yathādāne upanetabbaṃ, aññāhi bhikkhunīhi laddhakoṭṭhāsampi yathādāneyeva upanetabbaṃ.
740. 或因事物圆满故,或因彼女未犯欲事故,或因未告知故,未给予非时衣。意趣是:应依如施而持来,不应分配,因为是属个人物。实际上,其余的也应依如施而持来。但在结文中写道:「『尊尼,我将给予』,如是得到者,是舍弃后所得。『如施』者,依施者所舍弃的方式。『应持来』者,意趣是应以非时衣的性质分配。此处,令分配而得到的衣,成为尼萨耆亚,即使作了调伏甘马,自己也不得。」若此说是关于舍弃后所得而说,因为说了「应舍弃,给予僧团、或众、或个人,应给予,『尊尼,我将给予』」,这三句应当说,因此不仅是舍弃后所得应依如施而持来,由其他比库尼所得的份额也应依如施而持来。
§741
741. ‘‘Akālacīvare kālacīvarasaññāya anāpattī’’ti pana bhājanapaccayā āpajjitabbāpattiṃ nāpajjatīti ettakameva dīpeti, na paṭiladdhaṃ, na yathādāne dātabbanti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. Lesena pana gaṇhāti ce, bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbā.
741. 但「对非时衣作时衣想,无罪」,只是显示因分配的缘故,不犯应犯之罪,不显示「不是所得,不应依如施而给予」这个意义。若以少分取,应令以物价偿还。
Dutiyanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处之解释完毕。
3. Tatiyanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第三尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§744
744. Sakasaññāya gahitattā pācittiyaṃ, dukkaṭañca vuttaṃ. Itarathā bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbaṃ.
744. 因作自己想而取,说了巴吉帝亚和恶作。若不然,应令以物价偿还。
Tatiyanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第三尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
4. Catutthanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第四尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§752
752. Lesena gahetukāmatā, aññassa viññussa viññāpanaṃ, paṭilābhoti tīṇi aṅgāni, tasmā paṭhamaṃ viññattaṃ alabhitvā aññaṃ tato ūnatarampi labheyya, nissaggiyameva aṅgasampattito. Esa nayo aññatthāpi.
752. 欲以少分取、向他有智者告知、得到,这三支,因此若未得到第一次告知,即使从那里得到更少的,因支圆满故,仍是尼萨耆亚。此理在其他处也是如此。
Catutthanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第四尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
5. Pañcamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第五尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§753
753. ‘‘Telaṃ gopetvā sappimpi me attano kulagharā’’ti kira pāṭho.
753. 据说读法是「保存油,我也从自己的族家得到酥」。
Pañcamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第五尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
6. Chaṭṭhanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā六、第六尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§758-762
758-762.Pāvārikassāti dussavāṇijakassa. Yāya cetāpitaṃ, tassā nissaggiyaṃ, nissaṭṭhapaṭilābho ca. ‘‘Itarāsaṃ pana jānitvā vassaggena pattakoṭṭhāsaṃ sādiyantīnampi na nissaggiyaṃ, kevalaṃ yathādāne eva tāhipi upanetabba’’nti vadanti. ‘‘Nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvāpi yathādāne upanetabba’nti vuttattā sesāhi gahitaṃ suggahita’’nti vadanti. Ettha gilānāyapi na mokkho.
758-762. 「巴瓦利咖」者,布商。由谁令作,对她是尼萨耆亚,以及舍弃后的得到。有人说:「但对其余的人,即使知道而以舍弃接受所得的份额,也不是尼萨耆亚,只是她们也应依如施而持来。」有人说:「因为说了『即使舍弃后得到,也应依如施而持来』,由其余的人所取,是善取。」此处,对病者也无豁免。
Chaṭṭhanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第六尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
7. Sattamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā七、第七尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§764
764. Sattame ‘‘sayaṃ yācitakenā’’ti kiñcāpi avisesena vuttaṃ. Tathāpi aññadatthikena attuddesikena saññācikenāti attho veditabbo. Ayamattho ‘‘bhikkhuniyo tena ca parikkhārena sayampi yācitvā bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsū’’ti imissā pāḷiyā atthena saṃsanditvā veditabbo. Tassāyamattho – tena parikkhārena bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvā ca-saddena saññācikena ca bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvāti imamatthaṃ dīpento ‘‘sayampi yācitvā bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvā’’ti āha. Aññathā ‘‘tena parikkhārena bhesajjaṃ cetāpetvā sayampi yācitvā paribhuñjiṃsū’’ti iminā anukkamena pāḷi vattabbā siyā.
764. 第七条中,虽然「自己乞求而得者」一语无差别地说出,但应知其义为:为他目的、为自己指定、由请求而得者。此义应与「比库尼们以那资具,自己乞求后,令制药,而受用」这段圣典文句的义理相连而理解。其义为:以那资具令制药,以『及』字显示由请求而令制药,为显示此义故说「自己乞求后令制药」。否则,圣典应以「以那资具令制药,自己乞求后而受用」这样的次序来说。在分析词句时,「由请求而得者,即自己乞求后」一语,只是说出该词的意趣而已。这是分析词句的法则。但在分析「僧团所得利养已转」等词句时,那法则是明显的。否则,由请求而得一词还能包含什么其他额外的意义呢?看不到。那么该词就无用,而此学处就与前者无差别了。因为自己所有的可随意处理。在此应知:由僧团的乞求,合为一体而乞求所得者,为由请求而得。否则,从此以后,由请求而得一词,此处就无差别地犯了,那么「以个人的由请求而得者」这条学处就不应另说,因为在此处已包含了应犯的罪,但未包含,因为有两种罪。若说:因为混合而令制,故只有一罪?不然,因为会有由请求而得一词无用的过失,以及这样僧团的、大众的、个人的混合而令制时会有一罪的过失。
Padabhājane pana ‘‘saṃyācikenāti sayaṃ yācitvā’’ti tasseva padassa adhippāyamattaṃ vuttaṃ. Sā hi padabhājanadhammatā. ‘‘Saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇata’’ntiādipadānaṃ bhājane pana sā pākaṭā. Aññathā saṃyācikapadena ko añño atirekattho saṅgahito siyā, so na dissatīti tadeva padaṃ nippayojanaṃ, idañca sikkhāpadaṃ purimena ninnānākaraṇaṃ siyā. Attano hi santakaṃ yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyanti. Ettha ca saṅghassa yācanāya vasena ekato hutvā yācanāya laddhaṃ saṃyācikanti veditabbaṃ. Aññathā ito parena saṃyācika-saddena idaṃ nibbisesaṃ āpajjatīti ‘‘puggalikena saṃyācikenā’’ti idañca sikkhāpadaṃ visuṃ na vattabbaṃ siyā idheva tena āpajjitabbāpattiyā saṅgahitattā, na ca saṅgahitā āpattidvayabhāvato. Missetvā cetāpitattā hi ekameva āpattīti ce? Na, saṃyācikapadassa nippayojanabhāvappasaṅgato, evaṃ saṅghikamahājanikapuggalikāni missitvā cetāpane ekāpattibhāvappasaṅgato ca.
然而,在词语分析中,『「自行乞求」者,自己乞求也』,此乃仅对该词语含义的说明。此乃词语分析之惯例。至于「已转作僧团所得之利」等词语的分析,其含义则显而易见。否则,「自行乞求」一词所涵括的其余额外含义,既不可见,则该词便成无用,而此学处亦将与前条无有区别。盖自己所有之物,可随意处置故。于此,应知「自行乞求」,乃依僧团乞求之力,合而乞求所得者。否则,此后「自行乞求」一词将不加区分地涵盖此处之义,则「依个人自行乞求」这一学处便无需另立,因犯此学处所应犯之罪过已被涵括于此处,然实际上并未被涵括——此乃因有两种罪过之故。若谓:混合令作,故仅为一罪?非也。此乃导致「自行乞求」一词成为无用之过,且亦导致混合僧团所得、大众所得、个人所得而令作时成为一罪之过。
Sattamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第七尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
8. Aṭṭhamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、第八尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§769
769.Gaṇassāti ābhidhammikādigaṇassa, ūnacatuvaggassa ca.
769. 「群体的」者,阿毗达摩等群体的,以及不足四人之众的。
Aṭṭhamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第八尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
9. Navamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、第九尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§774
774.Saññācikenāti gaṇayācanāya laddheneva, na aññena.
774. 「由请求而得者」,只以群体乞求所得者,不以其他。
Navamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第九尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
10. Dasamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、第十尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§779
779. Dasame pana ‘‘yā pana bhikkhunī aññadatthikena parikkhārena aññuddisikena puggalikena aññaṃ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti evaṃvidhena bhavitabbaṃ, ‘‘puggalikena saṃyācikenā’’ti iminā ekādasamena bhavitabbaṃ siyā yathākkamena sambhavato. Kāmameva cetaṃ aṭṭhuppattiyā abhāvato na vuttaṃ, atthato pana gahetabbameva. Ettha pana saṅghagaṇapuggalānaṃ pavāritaṭṭhāne, puggalasseva ñātakaṭṭhāne ca anāpattichāyā dissati, idaṃ sabbaṃ amhākaṃ takkānusāravaseneva vuttanti katvā na sārato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vicāretvā yathā niccalakāraṇaṃ disvā yaṃ vā vinayakkamakovidā anujānanti, taṃ tadeva gahetabbaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘āpadāsupi aññaṃ garubhaṇḍameva cetāpetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na vaṭṭati, bhikkhussa pana vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
779. 第十条应以「若比库尼以为他目的的资具、为他指定的、个人的,令制其他,尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚」这样的形式,应以「以个人的由请求而得者」这第十一条的形式,因为依次序可能发生。虽然因为没有事例的发生而未说,但从义理上应当取。在此,在僧团、群体、个人的邀请处,以及在个人的亲属处,看到有无罪的迹象,这一切都只是依我们的推理而说,故不应视为核心。应审察后,见到确定的理由,或者精通律藏次第者所允许的,那才应取。但在古注疏词句中说:「即使在危难时,也只应令制其他重物,其余不允许,但对比库则允许。」
Dasamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第十尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
11. Ekādasamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十一、第十一尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释
§784
784. ‘‘Dutiyavaggassa paṭhame’’ti avatvā ‘‘ekādasame’’ti idha vuttaṃ. Kasmā? Bhikkhunivibhaṅge tiṃsakakaṇḍaṃ patvā vaggakkamassa avuttattā. Yasmā pavāritaṭṭhāne viññatti nāma na paṭisedhetabbā, tasmā bhagavā aññātikaappavāritaṭṭhāne dhammanimantanavasena vadeyya ‘‘yenattho’’ti vuttāya ‘‘catukkaṃsaparamaṃ viññāpetabba’’nti paricchedaṃ dassetīti veditabbaṃ. Aññathā ‘‘nidānena sikkhāpadaṃ na sameti, sikkhāpadena ca anāpattivāro’’ti ca ‘‘akataviññattiyā catukkaṃsaparamaṃ viññāpetabba’’nti ca aniṭṭhaṃ āpajjati, tasmā mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ cetāpetabbanti ṭhapetvā sahadhammike ca ñātakapavārite ca aññena kismiñcideva guṇena, parituṭṭhena ca vadeyya ‘‘yenattho’’ti vuttassa ‘‘viññāpetabba’’nti vuttanayena attho daṭṭhabbo. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘idaṃ paricchinnapavāraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritānanti pana sabbappakārena pavattaṃ niccapavāraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Niccapavāraṇā nāma yadā yenattho, tadā taṃ vadeyyāthāti evaṃ pavattā . ‘Handa sītapāvuraṇa’nti dentānaṃ pana atirekacatukkaṃsampi gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ayameva nayo dasamepīti.
784. 此处说「第十一」,而未说「第二品的第一」。为何?因为在比库尼分别中,到达三十尼萨耆亚篇集后,未说品的次序。因为在邀请处不应禁止请求,所以世尊在非亲属未邀请处,以法的邀请方式说「若有需要」,应知显示「最多应请求四或五次」的限定。否则,「因缘与学处不符,以学处则无罪条」以及「未作请求时最多应请求四或五次」就会陷入不当,因此在母论注释中,除了令制外,对于如法者及亲属邀请者,以某种功德,以及满足者说「若有需要」,应以「应请求」所说的方式看待其义。但在古注疏词句中说:「此是关于限定的邀请而说。无罪,亲属的邀请者,则是关于一切方式进行的常时邀请而说。常时邀请者,名为何时有需要,那时可说那个,这样进行的。但对于说『来,寒冷的衣服』而给予者,取超过四或五次也允许。」此同样的方式也在第十条中。
Ekādasamanissaggiyapācittiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第十一尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚学处注释完毕。
Bhikkhunīvibhaṅge tiṃsakavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 比库尼分别中三十法之解释已毕。
Nissaggiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 尼萨耆亚篇之解释已毕。
4. Pācittiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā四、巴吉帝亚篇之解释
1. Lasuṇavaggo
第一 蒜品
1. Paṭhamalasuṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、第一蒜学处之解释
§793-7
793-7.Ahaṃlasuṇenāti ettha ‘‘pavāremī’’ti pāṭhaseso. Badarasāḷavaṃ kira badaraphalāni sukkhāpetvā cuṇṇetvā kattabbā khādanīyavikati.
793-7.「我以蒜」者,此处「我舍弃」为文句补足。据说,枣椰糖浆应以枣椰果实晒干后磨粉制成副食变化物。
Paṭhamalasuṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一蒜学处之解释已毕。
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、第二学处之解释
§800
800.Saṃharāpeyyāti ‘‘saṃharati vā saṃharāpeti vā’’ti padabhājanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Kiñcāpi ettha āpattibhedo na dassito, tathāpi khurasaṇḍāsakattariādipariyesanaghaṃsanādīsu pubbapayogesu dukkaṭaṃ yujjati, yathā cettha, evaṃ talaghātakādimhi ca āpattibhedo pāḷiyaṃ na vutto. Yathāsambhavaṃ pana pubbapayogesu dukkaṭaṃ sambhavati. Evaṃ bhikkhussa ettha ca lasuṇe ca dukkaṭaṃ. Idaṃ kiriyākiriyanti porāṇā. Tattha ‘‘kiriyākiriya’’nti na vuttaṃ.
800.「应令收集」者,应知为「收集或令收集」之词句分析。虽然此处未显示罪别,然而在剃刀、镊子、剪刀等寻求、磨擦等前行方便中,恶作罪相应。如此处所说,在击鼓者等处,罪别亦未于圣典中说出。然而随其所应,在前行方便中恶作罪得以成立。如是对比库,在此处及在蒜处,恶作罪成立。古师说:「此为作与不作」。其中未说「作与不作」。
Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二学处注释完毕。
§802-6
802-6. Tatiyacatutthasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
802-6. 第三、第四学处,义理显明。
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā5. 第五学处注释
§812
812. Pañcame udakasuddhipaccaye satipi phassasādiyane yathāvuttaparicchede anāpatti. Tattha dvinnaṃ pabbānanti ‘‘dvinnaṃ aṅgulānaṃ sahapavesane ekekaaṅgulassa ekekaṃ pabbaṃ katvā dve pabbā, ekaṅgulappavesane dvinnaṃ pabbānaṃ upari na vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ. Mahāpaccariyampi ayameva nayo dassito’’ti likhitaṃ.
812. 第五条中,虽有水净缘,在如所说限度内触受时,无罪。其中「二节」者,「二指同时插入时,各指各一节,成二节;一指插入时,不得超过二节之上,应如是知。大注疏中亦显示此同一方法」,如是记载。
Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第五学处注释完毕。
§815
815. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
815. 第六学处,义理显明。
7. Sattamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā7. 第七学处注释
§820-822
820-822. ‘‘Nagaraṃ atiharantī’’ti pāṭho. ‘‘Nagaradvāre atiharantī’’ti katthaci, tattha dvārenāti attho. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Taṃ pubbāparaviruddhanti ‘‘punapi vutta’’nti vuttaṃ vādaṃ sandhāya, na tato pubbe tattha vuttaṃ vādaṃ. Ettha ‘‘mātarampi viññāpetvāti vacanena virujjhatī’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ dullikhitaṃ, na hi tena virodhaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttanti. Karaṇe ce pācittiyaṃ, kārāpanepi pācittiyeneva bhavitabbaṃ. Atha kārāpane dukkaṭaṃ, karaṇepi dukkaṭeneva bhavitabbaṃ. Na hi karaṇe vā kārāpane vā viseso atthi āpajjane satīti adhippāyo.
「越过城市」是一种读法。「在城门处越过」见于某些地方,其中「门」是指「由门」之义。或者这本身就是读法。「那与前后相违」,是指关联到「又再说」这一所说的论点,而非关联到在那之前于彼处所说的论点。在此处有人写作「与『告知母亲』这一语句相违」,那是错误的书写,因为这并非关联到那个矛盾而说的。如果在自作时是巴吉帝亚,那么在使人作时也应当是巴吉帝亚。如果在使人作时是恶作,那么在自作时也应当是恶作。因为在自作或使人作时,在犯罪方面并无差别——这是意趣。
§823
823.Sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatīti appaṭikkhipitvā ‘‘sādhū’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti adhippāyo. Na hi paṭiggahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Anāmāsattā ‘‘āmakadhaññaṃ pana ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānepi na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘kappiyena laddhaṃ dhaññaṃ bhajjitvā bhuñjantiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Aparaṇṇepi eseva nayo’’ti ca ‘‘anāpatti ābādhapaccayāti vacanato satta dhaññānipi anāmāsānīti siddhaṃ, teneva heṭṭhā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dukkaṭavatthumhi satta dhaññānipi gahitāni anāmāsānī’’ti ca vuttāni. Āmāsāni kappiyavatthūni ca yadi bhaveyyuṃ, yathā ñātakapavārite sandhāya ‘‘aparaṇṇaṃ viññāpetī’’ti avisesena vuttaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritānaṃ aññassa atthāya viññāpeti, ummattikāya ādikammikāyā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Yasmā dukkaṭavatthuttā ca anāmāsattā ca mātarampi sattavidhaṃ dhaññaṃ viññāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati , tasmā tadatthadīpanatthaṃ sattavidhaṃ dhaññaṃ sandhāya ‘‘anāpatti ābādhapaccayā’’ti vuttaṃ, yathā bhikkhuniyā ābādhapaccayā vaṭṭati, tathā bhikkhussāpīti ca. Yathā vā pana bhikkhuniyā bhajjanādīni kārāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati, evaṃ bhikkhussāpi. Vuttampi cetaṃ andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘aññataro bālabhikkhu kappiyaṃ ajānanto etadavoca ‘āmakadhaññaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ na vaṭṭati. Etaṃ dhaññaṃ bhajjitvā koṭṭetvā pacitvā yāgukhajjakaṃ bhattañca dethā’ti, āṇāpakasseva bhikkhussa āpatti, sabbesaṃ anāpattī’’ti. Tasmā ‘‘saṅghavārikānaṃ dhaññaṃ koṭṭethā’’ti ārāmikānaṃ vattuñca na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Divasaṃ paribbayaṃ gaṇhatha, taṇḍule sampādetha, tvaṃ ettake gaṇha, tvaṃ ettake’’ti evamādīni pana vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti ca. Yaṃ pana ‘‘aviññattiyā labbhamānaṃ pana navakammatthāya sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, tampi heṭṭhā ‘‘imaṃ taḷākaṃ khettaṃ vatthuṃ vihārassa demā’ti vutte ‘sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ nayaṃ sandhāya vuttattā suvuttameva. ‘‘Navakammatthāya dhaññaṃ demā’’ti vutte ‘‘sādhū’’ti vattabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana heṭṭhā ‘‘tattha nissaggiyavatthuṃ attano vā saṅghagaṇapuggalacetiyānaṃ vā atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati…pe… dukkaṭavatthuṃ sabbesampi atthāya sampaṭicchato dukkaṭamevā’’ti vuttaṃ, tampi suvuttameva. Kasmā? ‘‘Cetiyassa atthāya dhaññaṃ dātukāmomhi, tumhe bhante tadatthāya sampaṭicchathā’’ti vutte paṭiggahetuṃ akappiyattā. ‘‘Idaṃ pana tādisaṃ na hotī’’ti ca vuttaṃ. Sabbopāyaṃ upatissattheravādo kira. Dhammasiritthero panevamāha ‘‘pubbepi navakammatthāya paṭiggaho na vārito, saṅghassatthāya paṭiggahitampi paṭiggāhakasseva akappiya’’nti.
「允许接受」,意趣是:不拒绝而说「善哉」是允许的。因为不允许受取。由于是非生谷,所以说「生谷即使在亲属施与处也不允许」。但在《随顺注》中说:「以如法方式获得的谷物,舂碎后食用者,恶作。在其他谷物中也是同样的方式」,以及「从『无犯,因病缘』这一语句,七种谷物也是非生谷,这已成立,因此在下面的注释中,在恶作事项里,七种谷物也被摄为非生谷」。如果有生谷和如法物,正如关联到亲属施与而不加区别地说「告知其他谷物」,同样应当说「无犯:为亲属、已施与者、为他人之利益而告知,对于疯狂者、最初犯者」。因为由于是恶作事项以及是非生谷,所以不允许告知母亲七种谷物,因此为了显示那个意义,关联到七种谷物而说「无犯,因病缘」,正如对比库尼因病缘而允许,对比库也是如此。或者正如不允许比库尼使人舂碎等,对比库也是如此。这在《安达咖注释》中也说:「某位愚痴比库不知如法,说了这个:『比库们不允许接受生谷。舂碎这谷物、捣碎、煮熟后,给予粥、硬食和饭』,只有命令者比库有罪,对所有人无犯」。因此不允许对园民说「舂碎僧团的谷物」。但允许说「取一日的费用,准备米粒,你取这么多,你取这么多」等等。至于所说的「未经告知而获得的,为新作业而接受是允许的」,那也是关联到下面所说的「在说『我们施与这池塘、田地、地基给寺院』时,『接受是允许的』」这一方式而说的,所以说得很好。在说「为新作业施与谷物」时,应当说「善哉」。至于下面所说的「其中,尼萨耆亚事项,为自己或为僧团、众、个人、塔庙之利益而接受不允许……乃至……恶作事项,为所有人之利益而接受者,只是恶作」,那也说得很好。为什么?因为在说「我想为塔庙之利益施与谷物,尊者们,你们为那个目的而接受」时,受取是不如法的。以及说「但这不是那样的」。据说这一切方便是伍巴提萨长老的主张。但达摩西利长老这样说:「以前也未禁止为新作业而受取,为僧团之利益而受取的,对受取者本身也是不如法的」。
Sattamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第七学处注释完毕。
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā8. 第八学处注释
§824
824. Porāṇā ‘‘nibbiṭṭharājabhaṭo’’ti paṭhanti. Tassattho vāritabhattavetano rājabhaṭoti. ‘‘Taññeva bhaṭapathanti taṃyeva bhattavetana’’nti atthaṃ vadanti. Ummukanti alātaṃ.
古师读作「被驱逐的王兵」。其义是:被禁止饭食报酬的王兵。他们说「那兵道」的意思是「那饭食报酬」。「火把」是火炬。
§826
826. Ettha chaḍḍitaṃ kiriyā. Anolokanaṃ akiriyā.
在此,「已弃」是作。「不观察」是不作。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第八学处注释结束。
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第九学处注释。
§832
832. ‘‘Sāmike apaloketvā chaḍḍetī’’ti katthaci potthake natthi, katthaci atthi, atthibhāvova seyyo kiriyākiriyattā sikkhāpadassa. Idha khettapālakā, ārāmādigopakā ca sāmikā eva. ‘‘Saṅghassa khette, ārāme ca tattha kacavaraṃ na chaḍḍetabbanti katikā ce natthi, bhikkhussa chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭati saṅghapariyāpannattā, na bhikkhunīnaṃ. Tāsampi bhikkhunisaṅghasantake vuttanayena vaṭṭati, na tattha bhikkhussa, evaṃ santepi sāruppavaseneva kātabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
「不问主人而弃」,在某些书本中没有,在某些中有,有的状态更好,因为学处的作与不作。在此,田地守护者、园林等守护者就是主人。有人说:「如果在僧团的田地、园林中,在那里没有『不应弃垃圾』的规定,比库允许弃,因为属于僧团所摄,比库尼们不允许。对她们在比库尼僧团的范围内,以所说的方式允许,在那里比库不允许,即使如此,也应当只以适当的方式来做」。
Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第九学处注释结束。
10. Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第十学处注释。
§833
833.Sādhukīḷitagītaṃ vāti ettha pāciṇṇagītampi sotuṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Gītupasañhitaṃ pana dhammaṃ sotuṃ vaṭṭatīti dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘dhammagītampi na vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘buddhassa gāyāma vādemāti vutte sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati, dukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘pūjaṃ karoma, jātakaṃ vā vatthuṃ vā desemāti vutte ‘sādhū’ti sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ.
「善奏的歌或」,在此,习惯性的歌也不允许听。有人说:「但允许听与歌相应的法,这在《长部注释》中说」。但在古《随顺注》中说「法歌也不允许」之后,说「在说『我们歌颂佛陀,我们演奏』时,不允许接受,是恶作」,以及说「在说『我们作供养,我们讲说本生或故事』时,允许接受『善哉』」。
§836
836.Ekapayogo nāma ekadivasāvalokanaṃ. Tesaṃyevāti yesaṃ naccaṃ passati. ‘‘Bhikkhunī sayampi naccituṃ vā gāyituṃ vā vādituṃ vā na labhatī’’tiādi idha sikkhāpade natthi. Kasmā? Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānattā. Yadi evaṃ kasmā vuttanti ce? Suttānulomamahāpadesato. Yadi naccādīni passituṃ vā sotuṃ vā na labhati, pageva attanā kātunti nayato labbhamānattā vuttaṃ. Itarathā mahāpadesā niratthakā siyuṃ. Evamaññatthāpi nayo netabbo. ‘‘Samuṭṭhānampi idha vuttameva aggahetvā chasamuṭṭhānavasena gahetabba’’nti likhitaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘aññe nacca, gāya, vādehī’’ti vattuṃ na labbhatītiādivacīkammaṃ sandhāya likhitañce, taṃ sulikhitaṃ eḷakalomasamuṭṭhāne vācāya abhāvato. ‘‘Sayampi naccitu’’ntiādikāyakammañce sandhāya likhitaṃ, dullikhitaṃ. Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānañhi ekantato kāyakammaṃ hoti, tasmā uddhaṭaṃ aggahetvā ādisaddena saṅgahitameva idha gahetabbanti. Etaṃ eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānattāti ettha kāraṇavacane suttānulomamahāpadesatoti ettha pana uddhaṭaṃ gahetabbaṃ, evaṃ yathālābhavasena taṃ likhitanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Āhaccabhāsitasikkhāpadavasena eḷakalomasamuṭṭhāna’’nti vuttanti upatissatthero. ‘‘Eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānañce idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, āṇāpako mucceyya, na ca muccatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Taṃ ‘‘kasmā’’ti vutte ‘‘sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu vutta’’nti aṭṭhakathācariyo āhāti dhammasiritthero.
「一次结合」者,即一日之观看。「彼等之」者,即彼等之舞蹈所观看者。「比库尼自己亦不得跳舞、歌唱或演奏」等,此学处中并无此文。为何?因为是羊毛起源故。若如是,为何说之?依经之随顺大教示故。若不得观看或听闻舞蹈等,何况自己作之,依此理路可得知故而说。否则,大教示将成无义。如是,其他义理亦应依此理路而取。「此处所说之起源,不取此已说者,应依六起源而取」,如是书写。若彼是关于「令他人跳舞、歌唱、演奏」等不得说之语业而书写,则善书写,因羊毛起源之语业不存在故。若关于「自己亦跳舞」等身业而书写,则恶书写。羊毛起源者,决定是身业故,因此不取所举出者,仅以「等」字所摄者应于此处取之。此「因羊毛起源故」于此因说中,「依经之随顺大教示故」于此处则应取所举出者,如是应知依所得而书写。「依突然说学处,为羊毛起源」,伍巴提萨长老如是说。「若此学处是羊毛起源,则教令者应脱罪,然不脱罪」,如是说。对此问「为何」时,「一切注疏中说」,注疏师如是说,达摩西利长老如是说。
§837
837.Ārāme ṭhatvāti na kevalaṃ ṭhatvā, tato gantvā pana sabbiriyāpathehipi labhati. ‘‘Ārāme ṭhitāti pana ārāmapariyāpannāti attho, itarathā nisinnāpi na labheyyā’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ sulikhitameva.
「立于园中」者,非仅立,从彼处去,以一切威仪路亦得。「立于园中者,即园所摄之义,否则坐者亦不得」,如是书写,此善书写。
Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第十学处注释结束。
Lasuṇavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 蒜品注释结束。
2. Andhakāravaggavaṇṇanā
二、黑暗品释
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、第一学处注释
§839
839. ‘‘Divāpi andhakāraṃ atthi, tappaṭisedhanatthaṃ ‘rattandhakāre’ti vutta’’nti vadanti porāṇā. Santiṭṭheyyāti ettha ṭhānāpadesena catubbidhopi iriyāpatho saṅgahito, tasmā purisassa hatthapāse tena saddhiṃ caṅkamanādiṃ karontiyā pācittiyameva. ‘‘Sallapeyya vā’’ti kevalaṃ nidānavasena vuttaṃ visesābhāvato. ‘‘Sallapeyyavāti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti hi vuttaṃ, taṃ na yuttanti eke. Kasmā? Yasmā tassa purisassa hatthapāse ṭhiteneva ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Sallapanenapi aparampi ekaṃ āpajjatīti nāpajjati, kathaṃ paññāyatīti? Aṅgavasena. Imassa hi rattandhakāratā, purisassa hatthapāse ṭhānaṃ vā sallapanaṃ vā, sahāyābhāvo, rahopekkhatāti imāni cattāri aṅgāni vuttāni. Tattha yadi ṭhānapaccayā ekā āpatti visuṃ siyā, tassā cattāri aṅgāni siyuṃ. Yadi sallapanapaccayā ekā, tassāpi pañca aṅgāni siyuṃ. Tasmā mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘cattāri vā pañca vā aṅgānī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, na ca vuttaṃ, tasmā sallapanapaccayā visuṃ natthīti. Atthiyeva, mātikāṭṭhakathāvacanañca tadatthamevāti eke. Kathaṃ? Sahuppattito dvinnaṃ āpattīnaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Sallapane sati ṭhānapaccayā āpajjitabbaṃ caturaṅgikaṃ, sallapanapaccayā āpajjitabbaṃ caturaṅgikanti dve pācittiyāni sahuppannāni ekato āpajjantīti. Idaṃ ayuttaṃ pāḷivirodhato. Pāḷiyañhi ‘‘sallapeyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi dve siyuṃ, ‘‘āpatti dvinnaṃ pācittiyāna’’nti na vattabbatā siyāti. Ayaṃ nayo dutiyādīsupi yathāyogaṃ veditabbo. Ettha dutiyenāpi saddhiṃ yadi bhikkhuniyā rahopekkhatā atthi, so ce puriso, na dutiyo, purisagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Atha dutiyā bhikkhunī hoti, tassā ca tena purisena saddhiṃ rahopekkhatā atthi, sā ca bhikkhunī na dutiyā hoti. Ubhinnampi āpajjatīti eke, vicāretvā pana gahetabbaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana vuttaṃ ‘‘hatthapāse ṭhānena dukkaṭa’’nti, taṃ pāḷiyā virujjhati. ‘‘Purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti hi pāḷi, kiṃbahunā. Catutthasikkhāpade mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. dutiyikauyyojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘santiṭṭhanādīsu tīṇi pācittiyānī’’tiādivacanato vatthugaṇanāya āpatti veditabbā. ‘‘Aṅgāni cettha cattāri pañca vā’’ti vattabbanti sanniṭṭhānaṃ.
「日间亦有黑暗,为禁止彼故说『夜黑暗』」,古师如是说。「应住」者,此处以住之施设,四种威仪路皆摄,因此与男子手臂所及处一起行经行等,即巴吉帝亚。「或应交谈」者,仅依因缘而说,因无差别故。「或应交谈者,立于男子手臂所及处而交谈,犯巴吉帝亚」,如是说,此不合理,某些人如是说。为何?因为立于彼男子手臂所及处,即一巴吉帝亚。以交谈亦犯另一者,不犯,如何显示?依支分故。此处说四支分:夜黑暗性、立于男子手臂所及处或交谈、无伴、独处观察。其中,若依住之缘一罪别异,则彼有四支分。若依交谈之缘一罪,则彼亦有五支分。因此,在母论注疏中应说「四或五支分」,然未说,因此依交谈之缘别异不存在。存在,母论注疏之语即为彼义,某些人如是说。如何?依二罪之俱生故。何所说?交谈时,依住之缘应犯四支分,依交谈之缘应犯四支分,二巴吉帝亚俱生一起犯。此不合理,与巴利相违故。巴利中说「或应交谈者,立于男子手臂所及处而交谈,犯巴吉帝亚」。若有二者,不应说「犯二巴吉帝亚」故。此理路在第二等中亦应如理而知。此处若比库尼与第二者亦有独处观察,若彼是男子,非第二者,依男子计算而有罪。若第二者是比库尼,彼与彼男子有独处观察,彼比库尼非第二者,二者皆犯,某些人如是说,然应审察而取。古结文句中说「以立于手臂所及处为恶作」,此与巴利相违。巴利为「立于男子手臂所及处,犯巴吉帝亚」故,何必多说。第四学处母论注疏中「住等三者为三巴吉帝亚」等语故,应知依事物计算而有罪。「此处支分为四或五」应说,如是结论。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一学处注释完毕。
2-3-4. Dutiyatatiyacatutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二至四、第二、第三、第四学处注释
§842-6
842-6. Dutiyatatiyacatutthāni uttānāni. Sabbattha ‘‘sallapatīti yaṃ kiñci tiracchānakathaṃ kathetī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
第二、第三、第四者明显。一切处「交谈者,说任何畜生论」,古结文句中如是说。
§852
852. Catutthe panāyaṃ viseso – ‘‘ekenekā’’ti paṭhamaṃ vuttattā dutiyikaṃ vā bhikkhunīnaṃ uyyojeyya, pācittiyaṃ na sambhavatīti ce? Sambhavati. Kasmā? Santiṭṭhanādittayamattāpekkhattā, tassa vacanassāpi vā aññāyapi rahopekkhanassādasambhave sati ubhinnaṃ ekatthasambhavato ca sādhitametaṃ. ‘‘Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ. Kasmā ‘‘nikaṇṇikaṃ vā jappetī’’ti na vuttaṃ? Hatthapāsātikkame asambhavato. Tassa tatiyassa padassa pacchinnattā sambhavantampi ‘‘dutiyikaṃ vā uyyojetī’’ti na vuttaṃ, tasmā atthato hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā dutiyikaṃ vā uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo yakkhena vātiādīsupi. Tattha ‘‘hatthapāse’’ti vā ‘‘hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā’’ti vā na vuttaṃ ubhayattha dukkaṭattā. Anāpattivārepi asambhavato ‘‘nikaṇṇikaṃ vā jappetī’’ti na vuttanti ce? Sambhavati sati karaṇīye nikaṇṇikaṃ vā jappetīti sambhavato. Atha kasmā evaṃ na vuttanti ce? Anavajjakathāyaṃ nikaṇṇikajappane payojanābhāvā, dhammakathāyampi udāyiṃ ārabbha paṭisiddhattā ca.
第四中此差别:「一对一」,因最初已说,若遣送比库尼之第二者,巴吉帝亚不成就?成就。为何?因仅观待住等三者,彼语或其他独处观察不成就时,二者一义成就故,此已成立。仅说「舍手臂所及处而住或交谈」如是许。为何不说「或令耳语」?因超越手臂所及处不成就故。彼第三句被遮断故,虽成就亦不说「或遣送第二者」,因此义理上舍手臂所及处而住或交谈或遣送第二者,犯恶作,如是说。此理路在「或与亚卡」等中亦然。其中不说「于手臂所及处」或「舍手臂所及处」,因二处皆恶作故。无犯分中亦不成就故不说「或令耳语」?成就,有应作事时「或令耳语」成就故。然为何如是不说?因无过失语中耳语无目的故,法语中亦关于伍答夷而禁止故。
Dutiyatatiyacatutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二、第三、第四学处注释完毕。
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā五、第五学处注释
§856
856. ‘‘Kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulānī’’ti vuttattā titthiyārāme kappati tassa kulavohārābhāvatoti eke. Titthiyānaṃ khattiyādipariyāpannattā na kappatīti eke. Tassa kappiyabhūmittā na yuttanti ce? Na, yathāvuttakhattiyādīnaṃ sambhavato. Tathāpi gocarakulaṃ idhādhippetaṃ. ‘‘Upacāro dvādasahattho’’ti likhitaṃ.
「『家』者,四种家」如是所说,故于外道园林中,因其无家之称谓,是许可的——某些人如是说。因外道被摄于刹帝利等中,故不许可——某些人如是说。若谓:因其为许可地,故不合理?非也,因如所说之刹帝利等可能存在故。虽然如此,此处所意指者乃行乞之家。「近处为十二手」如是书写。
Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第五学处注释完毕。
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā六、第六学处解释
§860
860. ‘‘Nisīdantiyā ekā, nipajjantiyā ekā’’ti avatvā ‘‘nisīditvā gacchantiyā’’tiādi na vattabbaṃ. Na hi gamanapaccayā esā āpattīti? Na, pariyosānādhippāyavasena vuttattā. ‘‘Nisīditvā nipajjantiyā dve’’ti vacanenapi gamanaṃ idha nādhippetanti dassitaṃ hoti, tathā ‘‘nipajjitvā nisīdantiyā dve’’tipi vattabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti dvinnaṃ pācittiyāna’’nti kasmā na vuttanti ce? Anisīditvāpi nipajjanasambhavato. Nipajjanatthāya nisīditvā nipajjantiyā nipajjanakapayogattā ekā āpattīti keci.
未说「坐者一,卧者一」,而说「坐已而去者」等,不应说。岂非因行去之缘而有此罪耶?非也,因依终结之意趣而说故。以「坐已而卧者二」之语,亦显示此处不意指行去。同样,「卧已而坐者二」亦应说。若如是,何故不说「于其处卧,犯二巴吉帝亚」耶?因不坐而卧亦可能故。为卧之故而坐已而卧者,因卧之加行,一罪——某些人如是说。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第六学处解释已毕。
7. Sattamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā七、第七学处解释
§867
867. Anāpattivāre ‘‘dhuvapaññatte’’ti na vuttaṃ ‘‘santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā’’ti vuttattā . Idha chaṭṭhe vuttanayena pakatiyā paññatte abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, pācittiyameva. Aññattha dhuvapaññattaṃ. Idha vuttanayena santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, pācittiyameva. Ubhayatthāpi pañcame vuttanayena anāpucchā pakkameyya, pācittiyameva, anāpattivāre mātikāyaṃ vuttakālato aññakālassa aparāmaṭṭhattāti no takkoti ācariyo. Apica atthāpattikāle āpajjati, no vikāletiādittike, atthāpatti rattiṃ āpajjati, no divātiādittike ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ idha pañcamachaṭṭhasattamasikkhāpadehi saṅgahitāpattīnaṃ aparāmaṭṭhattā yathāsambhavaṃ tividhakāle tividhametaṃ yojetvā dassetuṃ vaṭṭati eva mahāpadesanayānulomato.
无犯段中未说「常设」,因已说「铺设或令铺设」故。此处依第六所说之方式,于自然设置处坐或卧,唯巴吉帝亚。于他处为常设。此处依所说之方式,铺设或令铺设而坐或卧,唯巴吉帝亚。于两处,依第五所说之方式,不告而离去,唯巴吉帝亚。无犯段中,因母论所说之时以外之时未被触及,故非推论——老师如是说。又,于有犯时犯,非于非时等之义趣中,有犯于夜犯,非于昼等之义趣中,于注疏中,此处第五、第六、第七学处所摄之罪未被触及,依可能性,于三种时配合此三种而显示,依大教示之方式,确实是适当的。
Sattamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第七学处解释已毕。
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、第八学处解释
§869
869. Aṭṭhame bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ sambhavati.
于第八,比库有恶作可能发生。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第八学处解释已毕。
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、 第九学处注释
§875-7
875-7. Duggāhavasena vā suggāhavasena vā yathāvuttanayena sapathakaraṇe āpattīti veditabbaṃ. Yasmā mātikāyaṃ ‘‘attānaṃ vā paraṃ vā’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā yā attānameva ārabbha sapathaṃ kareyya, tassā ekā . Paramevārabbha tassā ekā. Ubhopi ārabbha tassā dve āpattiyo sambhavanti. Tikacchedo panettha paramevārabbha sapathakaraṇaṃ sandhāya pavatto.
应知:依误取或善取,依如所说之方式,于作誓言时有罪。因母论中说「自或他」,故唯缘自而作誓言者,彼女一罪。唯缘他者,彼女一罪。缘两者,彼女有二罪发生。然而此处之三分,唯缘他而作誓言而施设。
Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第九学处注释结束。
10. Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、 第十学处注释
§882
882. Dasame anāpattivāro rodanasseva, na vadhassa, tasmā ñātibyasanādīhi phuṭṭhāpi attānaṃ vadhati eva, na rodati, dukkaṭameva.
于第十,无犯段唯关于哭泣,非关于伤害,故即使被亲属灾难等所触,伤害自己,非哭泣,唯恶作。
Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第十学处注释结束。
Andhakāravaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 黑暗品注释结束。
3. Naggavaggavaṇṇanā
3. 裸体品释义
1-2. Paṭhamadutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一至二、第一、第二学处注释
§883
883. Naggavaggassa paṭhamadutiyāni uttānāni. Paṭhame ayaṃ viseso – bhikkhussa tathā nhāyantassa dukkaṭaṃ aññatra jantāgharaudakapaṭicchādīhi. Na ca vigarahi tattha bhagavā attanāva ananuññātattā udakasāṭikāyāti porāṇā. ‘‘Ekameva nivāsetvā, pārupitvā ca nahāyituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
883. 裸体品的第一、第二条是明显的。第一条中有此差别:比库如此沐浴时,除了浴室、热水、遮布之外,犯恶作。世尊并未在此呵责,因为水浴衣本身未被允许,古师如是说。古义疏中说:「仅穿一件下衣,或披着而沐浴,皆不允许。」
Paṭhamadutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一、第二学处注释已结束。
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、第三学处注释
§894
894. Tatiye antocatūhapañcāhaṃ dhuraṃ nikkhipantiyāpi āpatti eva. Liṅgaparivatte dhuraṃ nikkhipantiyā dukkaṭaṃ tikadukkaṭattā. ‘‘Sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saddhinti ettha catassopi sambahulā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
894. 第三条中,即使在四日或五日内舍弃责任,也有犯。在性别转变时舍弃责任者,因三种恶作而犯恶作。古义疏中说:「『与众多比库尼一起』,此处四位也是众多。」
Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第三学处注释已结束。
4. Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、第四学处注释
§898
898. Catutthe saṅghāṭicāranti ettha saṅghāṭiādivasena adhiṭṭhitānaṃyevāyaṃ vidhi, netarāsaṃ kira. Tattha ticīvare eva vippavāsapaccayā nissaggiyaṃ. Antocīvarakālepi pañcāhikaṃ saṅghāṭicāraṃ atikkāmentiyā āpattiyeva. ‘‘Vinā etehi cīvarehi upasampadaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
898. 第四条中,「桑喀帝衣行」,此处这个规定仅适用于以桑喀帝等决意者,据说不适用于其他衣。其中,仅就三衣而言,因离衣而有尼萨耆亚。即使在衣时内,超过五日的桑喀帝衣行者,也有犯。古义疏中说:「没有这些衣,不允许授达上。」
Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第四学处注释已结束。
5. Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā五、第五学处注释
§906
906. Pañcamassa anāpattivāre tāya vā avippavāsāyāti atthato labbhati.
906. 第五条的无犯段中,「或者不离彼」,从意义上可得。
Pañcamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第五学处注释终了。
§907-911
907-911. Chaṭṭhasattamāni uttānāni.
第九〇七至九一一条:第六、第七两条学处,义显易明。
8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā八、第八学处注释。
§916
916.Sokajjhāyikā nāma kira māyākārā. Vilumpakā bhaṇḍakāti ca porāṇā.
「忧恼者」,据说是指魔术师。古师说:「掠夺者」与「商人」。
Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第八学处注释终了。
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、第九学处注释。
§920
920. ‘‘Kathañhi nāma atikkāmessatī’’ti vuttattā thullanandā cīvarakālasamayaṃ āgamethāti atikkamāpesīti siddhaṃ hoti.
因说「如何能令越过」,故图拉南达令衣时到来,即令其越过,此已成立。
Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第九学处注释终了。
10. Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、第十学处注释。
§927
927. Dasame ekakulaṃ etadavocunti ettha kulaṃ nāma tasmiṃ manussā, tasmā bahuvacanaṃ.
第十中「一家族对彼等如是说」,此中「家族」者,指彼处之人众,故用复数。
Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第十学处解释完毕。
Naggavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 裸形品解释完毕。
4. Tuvaṭṭavaggavaṇṇanā
四、覆盖品释义
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、第一学处解释
§934-5
934-5.Ekāya nipannāya aparā nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassāti ‘‘ubhinnampi paṭhamanipannāya anuṭṭhāpanā’’ti vatvā ettha kiriyākiriyanti eke, taṃ aṭṭhakathāya virujjhati. ‘‘Kiriya’’nti hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Atha kassā āpattīti? Ubhinnampi nipajjanakiriyaṃ paṭicca. Imassa anāpattivāre ‘‘vavatthānaṃ dassetvā’’ti natthi, tasmā vavatthānaṃ katvā nipajjituṃ na vaṭṭatīti eke. Vipulatare vaṭṭatīti eke. ‘‘Antaraṃ katvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade likhitaṃ.
「一人卧时另一人卧,犯巴吉帝亚」,说「对二者皆是不令最初卧者起」后,此中有人说「作与不作」,此与注疏相违。注疏中说「作」。那么谁有罪?对二者皆因卧之作而有罪。此无罪处未说「显示区分」,故有人说:作区分后不允许卧。有人说:在宽广处允许。古注疏中写「作间隔后允许卧」。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一学处解释完毕。
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、第二学处解释
§940
940.Vavatthānaṃ dassetvāti ettha upari pārupanampi majjhe obhogaṃ katvā ubhinnaṃ antare otāreti, vaṭṭatīti eke. Vavatthānañca yathā ṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, tathā atikkamitvā tuvaṭṭentiyā āpattiyevāti. ‘‘Kiriyākiriya’’nti ca porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
「显示区分」,此中有人说:上覆盖物亦在中间作折叠,垂入二者之间,允许。区分若不如实住于其处,则越过而覆盖者有罪。古注疏中说「作与不作」。
Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二学处解释完毕。
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第三学处释
§941
941. Attano sajjhāyanaṭṭhāne ce vuḍḍhatarā āgacchati, vandanakāle vā, āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi. Ekasmiṃ ovarake āpucchitabbaṃ. ‘‘Atha ovarake mahātherī vasati, sammukhe itarā, āpucchitabbā tassā upacārattā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
941. 若较年长者来到自己的诵习处,或在礼敬时,则无请假之事。应在同一界内请假。古义疏中说:「若大长老尼住在界内,其他人在面前,因接近彼之故,应向彼请假。」
Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第三学处释毕。
§946-950
946-950. Catutthapañcamasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
第九四六至九五〇条:第四、第五条学处,义亦显明。
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第六学处释
§956
956.Gahapati nāma ṭhapetvā sahadhammike veditabbo, tasmā bhikkhunā vā sāmaṇerena vā ananulomikena saṃsaggena saṃsaṭṭhāpi na samanubhāsitabbāti sambhavati eva.
956. 『居士』者,应知除去合法者。因此,即使与比库或沙玛内拉以不顺应之交往而交往,亦不应共语,此确实可能。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第六学处释毕。
§961-5
961-5. Sattamaaṭṭhama sikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
961-5. 第七、第八应学法,义理明显。
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā第九学处释
§969
969.Ekindriyanti kāyindriyeneva ekindriyaṃ, nigaṇṭhānaṃ acelakānaṃ mataṃ. Kāpilā pana ‘‘pañcindriyā’’ti maññantā evaṃ vadanti ‘‘sacakkhukattā alābumāluvādayo yattha ālambanaṃ, tattha gacchanti. Sasotakattā kadaliyo meghagajjitaṃ sutvā gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. Saghānakattā panasādayo kuṇapagandhena phalanti. Sajivhakattā udakaṃ pivanti yena, sabbepi ‘pādapā’ti vuccanti. Sakāyapasādattā itthisamphassena asokarukkhā pupphantī’’ti. Saṅghātanti vināsaṃ.
969. 『一根』者,仅以身根为一根,此为尼干陀裸行者之见解。然而咖毕喇派认为「五根」,如是说:「因有眼之故,葫芦、瓜类等往彼处所缘。因有耳之故,芭蕉闻雷声而受胎。因有鼻之故,波罗蜜果等以尸臭而结果。因有舌之故,饮水,由此一切称为『足生者』。因有身净色之故,阿首咖树以女触而开花。」『聚集』者,坏灭也。
§970
970. Idha ca vassacchedena dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ āvasitvā pacchā cārikā caraṇapaccayā pācittiyaṃ āpajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Atha vassaṃ avasitvā carati, avassupagamanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘antosattāhe antovasse cārikaṃ carantiyā pācittiyaṃ. Sattāhakaraṇīyena pana vaṭṭati, bhikkhuno dukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ.
970. 此中,以破瓦萨故为恶作。应知先安居后因游行之缘犯巴吉帝亚。若不安居而游行,以未入瓦萨之缘犯恶作。然而古义疏中说:「于七日内、于瓦萨内游行者,巴吉帝亚。然以七日事则可,比库为恶作。」
§972
972.Kenaci ubbāḷhāti vassacchedakāraṇenāti no takkoti ācariyo. Kittāvatā cārikā hotīti? Idaṃ na sabbattha vicāritaṃ. Anantarasikkhāpade ‘‘antamaso chappañcayojanānipī’’ti vuttattā so ca maññe heṭṭhimaparicchedoti.
972.「为何被举起」者,老师说:「非因瓦萨中断之缘故而推论。」「至何程度为游行?」此未于一切处详细考察。因于相邻学处中说「乃至六、五由旬」,我认为那是下限界定。
Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第九学处释毕。
10. Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā十、第十学处解释
§973
973. Dasame ‘‘āhundarikā’’ti paṭhanti kira.
973. 于第十条,据说诵为「阿洪达利咖」。
Dasamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第十学处解释已毕。
Tuvaṭṭavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 汝等品解释已毕。
5. Cittāgāravaggavaṇṇanā
5. 心不恭敬品释义
1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、第一学处解释
§978
978.Kīḷanaupavanaṃ nāma kañcinagarassa nagarupavanaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Uyyānaṃ nāma tattheva nandavanauyyānaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Tattheva ṭhatvā taṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ viloketvā passantiyā pana pāṭekkā āpattiyo’’ti pāṭho. Evaṃ vutte yaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ padaṃ ‘‘anuddharamānā’’ti, taṃ ekasmiṃyeva disābhāgeti siddhanti eke. Upacāro dve leḍḍupātoti ca.
978.「游戏园」者,应如某城之城市园林般见之。「园林」者,应如彼处之难德瓦那园林般见之。「于彼处站立,观看彼彼方分而观看者,则有各别之罪」,此为读法。如是说时,先前所说之句「不拉起」者,仅于一方分而成立,某些人如是说。「接近」者,为二石掷之距。
Paṭhamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一学处解释已毕。
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、第二学处解释
§984
984. ‘‘Āharimehi vāḷehī’’ti ‘‘asaṃhārimenā’’ti ca duvidho pāṭho. ‘‘Visuṃ katvā pacchā saddhiṃ tehi vāḷehī’’ti likhitaṃ. Yathā tathā vāḷarūpe uṭṭhapetvā katapādaṃ ‘‘pallaṅka’’nti vuccati anāpattivāre ‘‘asaṃhārimehi vāḷehi kataṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti vacanābhāvato.
984. 「以可搬运之脚」与「以不可搬运」,此为二种读法。书写为「分开后,后来与彼等脚一起」。无论如何,以脚形竖立而作之足,称为「床榻」,于无罪之处,因无「以不可搬运之脚所作者受用」之语句。
Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二学处解释完毕。
3. Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā三、第三学处解释
§988
988.‘‘Ujjavujjaveti hatthappasāraṇe’’ti likhitaṃ, taṃ na yuttaṃ ‘‘yattakaṃ hatthena añchitaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ takkamhi veṭhite ekāpattī’’ti vacanato.
988.「伍迦伍迦为手之伸展」,此书写不合理,因有「凡以手所触及之量,于彼量之缠绕中,一罪」之语句。
Tatiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第三学处解释完毕。
4. Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、第四学处解释
§993
993.‘‘Yāgupāneti yāgudāne’’ti likhitaṃ. Porāṇagaṇṭhipade ‘‘mātāpitūnaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
「饮粥」者,于施粥中。如是书写。于古注疏本中说「施与父母是允许的」。
Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第四学处解释完毕。
§994
994. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
第五学处,义理明显。
6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā六、第六学处解释
§1001
1001. Chaṭṭhe bhikkhuvibhaṅge acelakasikkhāpadena ekaparicchedaṃ. Idha agāriko viseso, tasmā ‘‘asādhāraṇa’’nti vadanti.
第六,于比库分别中,以裸行者学处为一章节。此处在家人为差别,因此说「不共」。
Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第六学处的解释完毕。
§1003-8
1003-8. Sattamaṭṭhamesu vattabbaṃ natthi.
第七、第八,无应说者。
9. Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā九、第九学处的解释
§1015
1015.‘‘Khīlanamantaṃ dārusārakhīlaṃ mantetvā pathaviyaṃ pavesetvā māraṇamantaṃ. Nāgamaṇḍalaṃnāma nāgarodhamantaṃ, piṭṭhādīhi vā parikkhepaṃ katvā tattha manusse pavesenti guttatthāyā’’ti likhitaṃ.
「桩咒」者,以木心桩念咒后插入地中,为杀害咒。「龙曼荼罗」者,名为龙禁咒,或以面粉等作围绕后,令人进入其中,为守护故。如是书写。
Navamasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第九学处的解释完毕。
§1017
1017. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
第十学处,义理明显。
Cittāgāravaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 吉德阿咖拉品的解释完毕。
6. Ārāmavaggavaṇṇanā
第六 园林品注释
§1021
1021. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
第一〇二一条:第一学处,义显易明。
2. Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā二、第二学处的解释
§1030
1030. Bhikkhunī ce bhikkhuṃ akkosati, iminā sikkhāpadena pācittiyaṃ. Bhikkhuniṃ ce akkosati, omasavādena āpajjati. Omasavāde sammukhāva ruhati, idha pana parammukhāpi.
1030. 若比库尼辱骂比库,依本学处犯巴吉帝亚。若比库辱骂比库尼,则犯蔑视语之罪。蔑视语罪须当面方能成立,然本处当面、背后皆可成立。
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā – bhikkhuvibhaṅge osamavādasikkhāpade bhikkhunī anupasampannaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti katvā bhikkhunivibhaṅgepi omasavādasikkhāpade bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā anupasampannaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti siddhaṃ. Idha ca anupasampannassa akkosane dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, bhikkhussa upasampannassa akkosane pācittiyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā imāni dve sikkhāpadāni bhikkhumhi saṃsandiyamānāni aññamaññaṃ na samenti. Yathā samenti, tathā jānitabbaṃ. Tattha porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttanayena bhikkhunīnaṃ omasavādasikkhāpade anupasampannoti na gahetabbo, idamettha yuttaṃ. Paribhāseyyāti aññatra akkosavatthūhi. Tesu hi aññatarasmiṃ sati omasavādapācittiyamevāti eke, taṃ na yuttaṃ . Omasavāde pāḷimuttakaakkose hi dukkaṭaṃ hotīti. Dukkaṭokāse idaṃ pācittiyaṃ tehi niddiṭṭhaṃ hoti, tasmā ‘‘bālā etā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ idha āgatapadānaṃyeva vasena paribhāsanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
于此,其审察如下:在比库分别学处的蔑视语学处中,比库尼被置于未受具足戒者之位;同理,在比库尼分别学处的蔑视语学处中,比库亦被确立为处于对比库尼而言未受具足戒者之位。此处就辱骂未受具足戒者说犯恶作,就辱骂受具足戒的比库说犯巴吉帝亚。因此,这两条学处相互比对时,彼此并不吻合,应当了知如何使之吻合。其中,依古结文所说之法,在比库尼之蔑视语学处中,「未受具足戒者」一语不应如此解取,此乃于此适当之解。「辱骂」者,乃以辱骂事由以外的其他语言。论者或谓:凡具其中任一辱骂事由,即犯蔑视语之巴吉帝亚——此说不当。盖于蔑视语中,凡律文以外的辱骂,则犯恶作。彼等于本应犯恶作之处,却指此为犯巴吉帝亚,故应知:「彼等为愚蠢」等语,仅以律文中实际出现之词语为据,方得理解为辱骂。
Dutiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二学处的解释完毕。
§1033
1033. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
1033. 第三学处义理明显,无需多释。
4. Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā四、第四学处注释
§1038
1038.Nimantitā vā pavāritā vāti ettha porāṇagaṇṭhipade tāva evaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘pavāritāpi yāguṃ pātuṃ labhati, bhojjayāguṃ na labhati. Yāgu panettha khādanīyabhojanīyasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchati. Nimantitā bhikkhunī piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjitukāmā sāmike apaloketvāva bhuñjituṃ labhati. Paramparabhojanāpatti bhikkhunīnaṃ natthi. Nimantitā taṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā vā abhuñjitvā vā pavāritā kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjituṃ na labhati, akappiyanimantanena nimantiyamānā dve nimantanāni sampaṭicchituñca na labhatī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘pavāritāpi yāguṃ pātuṃ labhatī’’ti vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyañca anuññātattā. ‘‘Nimantitā appavāritā yāguṃ pivatī’’ti hi pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatridaṃ sikkhāpadavaṇṇanāpubbaṅgamasanniṭṭhānaṃ – nimantitā vā pavāritā vāti ettha vāsaddena akappiyanimantanena nimantitā appavāritā ṭhapetvā yāguṃ aññaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṃ aññatra sāmikānaṃ apalokanā. Paramparabhojanābhāvena bhikkhunīnaṃ ko guṇo jātoti? Na etāsaṃ guṇalābho, kevalaṃ pākaṭataraṃ jātaṃ. Bhikkhūpi vikappetvā missetvāva bhuñjituṃ labhanti. Samaye yathāsukhaṃ labhanti. Iminā apalokanena kinti? Pavāritā vā animantitā vā na kiñci kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā gilānātirittampi labhanti, nimantitā ca pavāritā ca yāgumpi na labhanti, apaloketvāpi na labhantīti.
1038. 关于「受邀请或受告知」,古结文中先如此说:「受告知者可以饮粥,但不得食用餐食性的粥。粥在此不列入副食、主食之数。受邀请的比库尼若于托钵后欲进食,须先征得施主同意方可进食。比库尼无转食犯罪之规定。受邀请的比库尼,无论食用或未食用该餐食,若已受告知,则不得令人作净后再进食;若以不合法的邀请被邀请,亦不得同时接受两次邀请。」其中「受告知者可以饮粥」一语,乃依律文及注疏所开许而说。律文中说「受邀请而未受告知者饮粥」。关于本学处注解的前提性结论如下——「受邀请或受告知」:此处以「或」字,除去以不合法邀请被邀请而未受告知者,凡嚼食或食用除粥之外其他副食或主食,犯巴吉帝亚,唯除事先征得施主同意。那么,比库尼无转食犯罪之规定,于彼等有何功德可言?此非彼等之功德所得,不过使规定更为明显而已。比库亦须经转让、混合方可进食;于适当时则可随意受用。那么,此征得同意又有何意义?受告知者或未受邀请者,即便是病余食,不令人作净亦不得受用;受邀请且受告知者,连粥亦不得受用,即便征得同意亦不得受用。
Catutthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第四学处注释已终了。
Ārāmavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 园林品注释已终了。
7. Gabbhinivaggavaṇṇanā
七、孕妇品释义
1. Paṭhamādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā一、第一等学处注释
§1067
1067.‘‘Gabbhini’’nti dassanādīhipi gabbhasambhavato vuttaṃ. Padabhājanepi pavāritabhāvo na dissati.
「孕妇」者,因见等而说为胎之生起。在分句中亦不见已受食之状态。
§1074
1074.Dhāti vāti ettha dārakaṃ sāmikānaṃ datvā āhaṭe vaḍḍheti, tathā mātāpīti keci.
「养母」者,此处有人说:将孩童给予主人们后,于所取得之物中养育,如是为母亲。
§1080
1080. ‘‘Sikkhamāna’’nti pāṭhaṃ dīpavāsino rocenti kiriyākiriyattā, jambudīpavāsino ‘‘sikkhamānā’’ti. Tassattho sikkhādhammamānanato sikkhamānāti. Idha kiriyā na hoti, saññāva adhippetā. Na etāsu asikkhitā upasampādetabbā upajjhāyinīādīnaṃ āpattibhāvā. ‘‘Tassā upasampadā hoti evā’’ti vadanti.
「在学尼」者,岛住者因作与不作之故喜欢此读法,赡部洲住者则读为「在学尼」。其义为:因受持学法而称为在学尼。此处不是作业,唯指概念。对于这些未学者不应授达上,因戒师尼等有罪之故。彼等说:「彼女之达上如是而有。」
§1082
1082.Dhammakammeti upasampadakammaṃ adhippetaṃ.
「法甘马」者,所指为达上甘马。
§1112
1112.Vuṭṭhāpitanti sāmaṇeribhūmito yāya theriyā upasampadāpekkhā vuṭṭhapitā, sā therī vuṭṭhāpitā nāma, teneva puna visesanatthaṃ ‘‘pavattini’’nti āha.
「被令出」者,由某长老尼从沙玛内莉地位令期望达上者出,该长老尼名为被令出者,以此为更进一步之特别说明,故说「行授者」。
Paṭhamādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第一等学处注释已终了。
Gabbhinivaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 孕妇品注释已终了。
8. Kumāribhūtavaggavaṇṇanā
八、童女品释义
2. Dutiyādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā2. 第二等学处之释
§1124
1124. ‘‘Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya…pe… sikkhāsammutiṃ dātu’’nti idha vuttaṃ viya ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassāya gihigatāya…pe… sikkhāsammutiṃ dātu’’nti na vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘‘paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya eva gihigatāya sikkhāsammuti dātabbā’’ti vuttaṃ. Gihigatāya sikkhāsammuti dātabbāti eketi katvā dasavassāyapi vaṭṭati . Kasmā? ‘‘Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpetī’ti (pāci. 1093-1095) ca ‘anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ…pe… sikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpetī’ti (pāci. 1097-1101) ca vuttattā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Kiṃ iminā parihārena. ‘‘Dasavassāya gihigatāya sikkhāsammuti dātabbā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Gihigatātipi vattuṃ na vaṭṭatī’ti sace vadanti, kammaṃ kuppatī’’ti likhitaṃ.
【1124】「诸比库,我允许对十八岁的童女……给予学法」,如此处所说,但未说「诸比库,我允许对十岁的在家女……给予学法」,因此说「应仅对满十二岁的在家女给予学法」。若合并为「应对在家女给予学法」,则对十岁者亦可。为何?因为说「对满十二岁者有满足想而令出家,无罪」及「对满十二岁的在家女……已学学法者令出家,无罪」之故。此于古注疏中如是说。此回避有何用?确实说「应对十岁的在家女给予学法」。若说「不应说『在家女』」,则所写「甘马将破坏」。
§1146
1146.Ahameva nūna…pe… alajjinī, yā saṅghoti ettha yā ahameva nūna bālāti attho. ‘‘Yaṃ saṅgho’’tipi atthi, tattha yaṃ yasmā deti, tasmā ahameva nūna bālāti attho.
【1146】「我确实……无惭者,彼僧团」,此中「我确实是愚者」之义。亦有「彼僧团」,其中「彼」给予「因为」,故「我确实是愚者」之义。
§1159
1159. Purisasaṃsaṭṭhā kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhā caṇḍī sokāvāsāvakathaṃ sikkhamānāti vuccati, padabhājane eva cāyaṃ sikkhamānā ‘‘chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā’’ti kasmā vuttanti? Pubbe gahitasikkhattā, pubbe paripuṇṇasikkhattā ca evaṃ vuccatīti veditabbaṃ.
【1159】「与男子交往、与童子交往、凶暴、住于愁苦、堕落之说者,称为在学尼」,此在学尼仅于词句分析中,为何说「于六法中已学学法者」?应知因先前已受学法,及先前已满足学法,故如是说。
§1166-7
1166-7.Pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ passitvāti ettha ‘‘sikkhamānāya ñātakā kira sampādayiṃsu, taṃ passitvā there bhikkhū uyyojesi. Uyyojetvā tesaṃ chandaṃ gahetvā pubbe chandadāyake gaṇaṃ katvā sesānaṃ chandaṃ chandameva katvā kammaṃ kārāpesī’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Chandaṃ vissajjetvāti ettha anugaṇṭhipade evaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘idaṃ kammaṃ ajja na kattabbaṃ. ‘Yathāsukha’nti vatvā vissajjitaṃ hoti, tasmā yo koci mukharo, bālo vā kiñcāpi ‘yathāsukha’nti vadati, therāyattattā pana therassa anumatiyā satiyā vissajjito hoti, asatiyā na hoti, tathāpi puna chandaṃ gahetvāva kammaṃ karonti, ayaṃ payogo. Gahaṇe payojanaṃ pana natthi. Saṅghatthero ce vissajjeti, chandaṃ gahetvāva kātabbaṃ. Chandaṃ vissajjetvā kāyena vuṭṭhitāyāti ettha idha sambādho, ‘amukamhi ṭhāne karissāmā’ti hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvāpi gacchanti ce, natthi doso. Kiñcāpi natthi, tā pana hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvāva gacchanti, ayaṃ payogo’’ti. ‘‘Rattipārivāsiye uposathapavāraṇāva na vaṭṭati, aññakammaṃ pana vaṭṭati. Uposathapavāraṇāpi anuposathapavāraṇadivase na vaṭṭanti, itaraṃ sabbakālaṃ vaṭṭati. Parisapārivāsiye hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā catūsu gatesu catuvaggakaraṇīye aññasmiṃ pañcasu dasasu vīsatīsu gatesu sesehi visuṃ tahiṃ tahiṃ gantvāpi puna sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Ajjhāsayapārivāsiye hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā yathānisinnāva nisinnā ce, puna kātuṃ vaṭṭati hatthapāsassa avijahitattā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Tesaṃ porāṇānaṃ matena chandapārivāsiyamevekaṃ na vaṭṭatīti āpannaṅgañca dassitaṃ, idhāpi taṃ visuṃ na dassitaṃ asambhavatoti eke. Chandadāyake parisaṃ patvā gate tassa pubbachandadānaṃ chandapārivāsiyanti no takkoti ācariyo.
【1166-7】「见丰富的副食、主食」,此中古注疏说「在学尼的亲属据说准备了,见此后长老比库们派遣。派遣后取彼等之欲,先前以给欲者为众,以余者之欲仅作欲而令作甘马」。「舍弃欲后」,此中随注疏如是说「此甘马今日不应作。说『随意』后已舍弃,因此任何喧哗者、愚者虽说『随意』,但因依长老之故,有长老之允许时已舍弃,无时则非,然而再取欲后作甘马,此为方法。但取时无必要。若僧团长老舍弃,应取欲后作。舍弃欲后以身起立」,此中此处狭窄,若说『我们将在某处作』而舍弃手臂范围后去,无过失。虽无,但彼等不舍弃手臂范围而去,此为方法」。「夜间别住者,伍波萨他与自恣不可,但其他甘马可。伍波萨他与自恣亦于非伍波萨他自恣日不可,其余一切时可。众别住者,不舍弃手臂范围,于四人去时应作四众者,于其他五人、十人、二十人去时,与余者分离而去彼处后,再来集会处而作,可。意乐别住者,不舍弃手臂范围,如所坐而坐者,因不舍弃手臂范围,再作可」,古注疏中如是说。依彼等古者之见,仅欲别住一者不可,亦已示所犯,此处亦未分离示彼,不可能,某些人如是说。给欲者到达众后去,彼先前给欲非欲别住,老师不思量。
Tatridaṃ sanniṭṭhānaṃ – parisapārivāsiye aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘aññatra gacchāmāti chandaṃ avissajjetvāva uṭṭhahanti…pe… kammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttavacane hatthapāsā vijahanaṃ na paññāyati. Ettha pana kammappattānaṃ hatthapāsassa avijahanameva icchitabbanti katvā porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi na paññāyati, appaṭikkhittattā pana vaṭṭatīti ce? Na, paṭikkhittattā. Kathaṃ? Chando nāma kammappattesu bhikkhūsu ekasīmāya sannipatitesu āgacchati, nāsannipatitesu. Idha hi ‘‘chandaṃ avissajjetvā’’ti ca ‘‘chandassa pana avissaṭṭhattā’’ti ca vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ajjhāsayaṃ avissajjetvā’’ti ca ‘‘ajjhāsayassa avissaṭṭhattā’’ti ca na vuttaṃ, tasmā chandassa avissajjanaṃ kammappattānaṃ hatthapāsāvijahaneneva hoti, na vijahaneti siddhaṃ.
此中此为结论——众别住者,于义注中说「『我们去他处』而不舍弃欲即起立……作甘马可」之所说语中,不明了舍弃手臂范围。此处但应欲求甘马所及者不舍弃手臂范围,古注疏中如是说。虽不明了,但因未遮止故可?非,因已遮止。如何?名为欲者,于甘马所及比库们于一界集会时来,非于未集会者。此中确实说「不舍弃欲」及「因欲之未舍弃」。未说「不舍弃意乐」及「因意乐之未舍弃」,因此欲之不舍弃仅以甘马所及者不舍弃手臂范围而有,非舍弃,已成立。
Hoti cettha –
此处有颂:
‘‘Yato āgamanaṃ yassa, tadabhāvassa niggahe;
「由于某者之来,为遮止彼之无,
Tasmā sannipatitesu, bhikkhūsu tassa bhedato’’ti.
因此,在比库们集会时,由于彼之破坏。」
Rattipārivāsiyachando viya rattipārivāsiyapārisuddhipīti tadanulomena vaṭṭati svātanāya chando vā pārisuddhi vā pavāraṇā vā, tāya kammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Uposathapavāraṇā pana anuposathadivase na vaṭṭati, itaraṃ vaṭṭati. Pannarasiuposathaṃ cātuddasiyaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati khettattā. Na cātuddasiuposathaṃ pannarasiyaṃ akhettattā anuposathadivasattā pāṭipadadivasattāti ekacce ācariyā, tasmā tesaṃ matena cātuddasiuposathaṃ tatiyaṃ, sattamaṃ vā pannarasiyaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ panettha vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sace cātuddasikaṃ uposathaṃ karissāmāti nisinnā, pannarasoti kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tato ‘‘pannarasiyameva ‘cātuddasikaṃ uposathaṃ karissāmā’ti nisinnā punadivase attano taṃ uposathaṃ ‘pannaraso’ti kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti attho’’ti evaṃ pariharanti, taṃ tesaṃ mataṃ ‘‘tathārūpapaccaye sati aññasmimpi cātuddase uposathaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā) iminā mātikāṭṭhakathāvacanena na sameti. Na hi tattha ‘‘aññasmimpi pannarase cātuddasikaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ santepi ‘‘sakiṃ pakkhassa cātuddase vā pannarase vā’’ti anuññātadivase pariyāpannattā channaṃ cātuddasikānaṃ pacchimā pannarasī anuposathadivaso na hotīti siddhaṃ hoti. Kiñcāpi siddhaṃ, iminā pana ‘‘āvāsikānaṃ pannaraso, āgantukānaṃ cātuddaso, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ samasamehi vā appatarehi vā anuvattitabba’’nti vacanamettha niratthakaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
如同夜别住者的欲,夜别住者的清净,依此类推,明日的欲、清净或自恣,以此行甘马是允许的。但伍波萨他与自恣,在非伍波萨他日不允许,其余允许。十五日伍波萨他在十四日行是允许的,因为是适时。但十四日伍波萨他在十五日行不允许,因为非适时,因为是非伍波萨他日,因为是初分日——某些老师如是说。因此,依他们的见解,十四日伍波萨他在第三日或第七日于十五日行不允许。然而,此处注疏中所说「若坐定将行十四日伍波萨他,改为十五日行是允许的」,对此他们如此解释:「意思是,在十五日当天坐定『将行十四日伍波萨他』,次日将自己的那个伍波萨他改为『十五日』行是允许的。」他们的见解「在有如是因缘时,在其他十四日行伍波萨他也是允许的」,与此母论注疏语句「在有如是因缘时,在其他十五日行十四日伍波萨他是允许的」不相符。因为那里并未说「在其他十五日行十四日伍波萨他是允许的」。即使如此,由于「每半月于十四日或十五日」所允许的日子中包含,六个十四日中的最后一个十五日不是非伍波萨他日,这是成立的。虽然成立,但应知,由此「对住处比库是十五日,对客比库是十四日,客比库应随顺住处比库,无论同等或较少」这句话在此处成为无意义。
Dutiyādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第二等学处之释已毕。
Kumāribhūtavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 童女品之释已毕。
9. Chattupāhanavaggavaṇṇanā
九、伞履品释义
11. Ekādasamādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā11. 第十一等学处之释
§1214
1214.Upacāraṃ sandhāya kathitanti ‘‘dvādasahatthaṃ upacāro’’ti likhitaṃ.
「依近处而说」者,书写为「十二肘为近处」。
§1221
1221.Suttante okāsaṃ kārāpetvā vinayaṃ vā abhidhammaṃ vā pucchatīti ettha ca tīṇi piṭakāni attano attano nāmena vuttānīti katvā abhidhammo buddhena bhāsito evāti dīpitaṃ hoti.
【1221】在经中请求机会后,询问律或阿毗达摩——在此,以三藏各以自己的名称被说示之故,显示了「阿毗达摩是由佛所说」。
§1224-5
1224-5. Thano ca udaro ca thanudarā. ‘‘Saṃkaccikāya pamāṇaṃ tiriyaṃ diyaḍḍhahatthā’’ti porāṇagaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyā’’ti bahūsu potthakesu, saṅghādisesakaṇḍe viya ‘‘upacāraṃ atikkamantiyā’’ti pāṭho appakesu, sova pāṭho. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘parikkhepaṃ atikkamantiyāti ekena pādena atikkante dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyena pācittiyaṃ. Upacārepi eseva nayo’’ti vacanampi ‘‘upacāraṃ atikkamantiyā’’ti pāṭhoti dīpetīti no takkoti ācariyo.
【1224-5】「胸」与「腹」为「胸腹」。在古注疏典籍中说:「桑咖吒衣的尺寸,横向为二肘半。」在许多写本中作「进入未围绕之村的近处时」,如在桑喀地谢萨篇中,少数写本作「越过近处时」,那才是正确的读法。在注疏中说:「『越过围绕时』者,以一足越过时为恶作,以第二足时为巴吉帝亚。在近处也是此法。」此语句也显示读法为「越过近处时」,非推论——老师如是说。
Ekādasamādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 第十一等学处之释已毕。
Chattupāhanavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 伞履品之释已毕。
Nigamanavaṇṇanā结论解释
Giraggasamajjādīni ‘‘acittakāni lokavajjānī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘nacca’’nti vā ‘‘gandho’’ti vā ajānitvāpi dassanena, vilimpanena vā āpajjanato vatthuajānanacittena acittakāni. ‘‘Nacca’’nti vā ‘‘gandho’’ti vā jānitvā passantiyā, vilimpantiyā ca akusalattā eva lokavajjāni. Corivuṭṭhāpanādīni ‘‘corī’’tiādinā vatthuṃ jānitvā karaṇe eva āpattisabbhāvato sacittakāni. Upasampadādīnaṃ ekantena akusalacitteneva akattabbattā paṇṇattivajjāni. ‘‘Idha sacittakācittakatā paṇṇattijānanājānanatāya aggahetvā vatthujānanājānanatāya gahetabbā’’ti likhitaṃ. Anugaṇṭhipade pana ‘‘giraggasamajjādīni ‘acittakāni lokavajjānī’ti vuttattā ‘nacca’nti vā ‘saṅghāṇī’ti vā ‘gandho’ti vā tassa nāmavasena ajānitvā māyākārassa māyāni sīsaṭṭhiādīni paṭisaṅkhāya passantiyā, akkhamālādiatthāya saṅghāṇiṃ kaṭiyā bandhantiyā, ‘sedagandhaṃ apanetvā buddhapūjaṃ karissāmī’ti uppannena cittena gandhaṃ vilimpetvā nahāyantiyā ca āpattisabbhāvato nāmena saddhiṃ nāmavasena vā vatthussa ajānanacittena acittakāni nāma. Na andhakāre ‘kaṭisuttamida’nti saññāya saṅghāṇiṃ gahetvā kaṭiyaṃ dhāraṇakāle, mattikāsaññāya ca gandhaṃ gahetvā vilimpanakāle āpattisabbhāvato ‘acittakānī’ti vattabbāni. Tasmiṃ kāle anāpatti, teneva saṅghāṇiyā asaṅghāṇisaññāvārepi ‘āpatti pācittiyassā’ti pāḷi na vuttā. Yathā ‘khettaābādhapaccayā, kaṭisuttakaṃ dhāretī’ti vacanato vināpi akusalena saṅghāṇiādīni sakkā dhāretunti siddhaṃ, evaṃ ābādhapaccayā vināpi akusalena na sakkā suraṃ pātunti siddhaṃ ‘anāpatti ābādhapaccayā majjaṃ pivatī’ti pāḷiyā abhāvato. Akusalena vinā madhupuṇṇamuṭṭhiyaṃ pakkhittamajjassa ajjhoharaṇakālādīsu surāpānāpattiṃ āpajjatīti ca siddhaṃ ‘majje amajjasaññī pivati, āpatti pācittiyassā’ti (pāci. 328) vuttattā. Kiṃbahunā, kāmabhogasaññāya saddhiṃ ‘saṅghāṇī’ti ca ‘gandho’ti ca jānitvā vinā anāpattikāraṇena dhārentiyā ekantākusalattā lokavajjāni nāma vuccanti. Iminā upāyena sesesupi nayo netabbo. Ettha surāpānādhikāre upatissattheravādo’’ti vuttaṃ. Asaṃkaccikasikkhāpade ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyāti pāṭho’’ti ca ‘‘paṇītabhojanaviññatti, acelakasikkhāpadaṃ, nimantitassa cārittāpajjanaṃ, duṭṭhullappaṭicchādanaṃ, ūnavīsativassupasampadaṃ, mātugāmena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya addhānagamanaṃ, rājantepurappavesanaṃ, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā vikāle gāmappavesanaṃ, nisīdanaṃ, vassikasāṭikanti pāṭho’’ti ca vuttaṃ.
山顶集会等,因说为「无心的世间所呵责」,故即使不知「舞」或「香」,仅以观看、涂抹而犯,以不知事物之心故为无心的。若知「舞」或「香」而观看、涂抹者,因唯是不善故为世间所呵责。盗贼起立等,因以「盗贼」等知事物而作时即有犯的性质故为有心的。达上等,因唯以不善心即绝对不应作故为制定所呵责。此处写道:「在此,有心无心应不取制定之知与不知,应取事物之知与不知。」然而在随注疏典籍中说:「山顶集会等,因说为『无心的世间所呵责』,故不以『舞』或『桑喀尼』或『香』之名知,魔术师考虑其魔术、头巾等而观看时,为念珠等之目的将桑喀尼系于腰时,以『我将除去汗臭而作佛陀供养』之生起的心涂香而沐浴时,因有犯的性质,以不知事物之心连同名或以名之方式,名为无心的。非在暗中以『此是腰带』之想取桑喀尼而系于腰时,以泥土之想取香而涂抹时,因有犯的性质,应说为『无心的』。在那时无犯,因此在桑喀尼非桑喀尼想之处也未说『犯巴吉帝亚』之圣典。如以『因田地病缘,持腰带』之语,即使无不善也能持桑喀尼等,此已成立;如是,因病缘即使无不善也不能饮酒,此已成立,因无『因病缘饮酒无犯』之圣典。无不善而在蜜满拳中投入酒之吞咽时等犯饮酒之罪,此已成立,因说『于酒作非酒想而饮,犯巴吉帝亚』。何必多说,连同欲乐之想,知『桑喀尼』与『香』,无无犯之因而持者,因唯是不善故名为世间所呵责。以此方法,在其余处也应引导此法。在此,在饮酒之处说『伍巴提萨长老之说』。」在非桑咖吒衣学处中说「读法为『进入未围绕之村的近处时』」,以及说「读法为:美食告知、裸行者学处、受邀者之行乞犯、覆粗恶、未满二十岁达上、与女人约定而行路、入王宫、未问在场比库而非时入村、坐具、雨季衣」。
Nigamanavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 结论解释已完。
Pācittiyakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 巴吉帝亚篇解释已完。
Ubhatovibhaṅgaṭṭhakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 两部分别义注解释已完。
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · 礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者